Home

Release Notes

1. 22 00 2222 ccccceeccccceccceeee 136 Components to be installed 2 22 02 22 ccee ee cceeeeeceeees 137 8 6 2 New FUNCHONS od o and ones e Ed een Rb es ged 138 WGA SOV CM Lr it Sth NS PMNS LAT E AIN ER 138 Database x ae co ks hare tt Soe Anne A ESET eM a Iain TAE near hte Gis iach ee So 138 DialogClient 222 062 pe Sanee dele basal aban eb bee Sc ede ee eee 138 139 EXCCULOIS 2m nunc tink add des thd ohana uo det aa Dakar y 139 A E OA ER ooh teeta Lane 141 WebGUI ducati dd A e ed A A e EA 142 External Integration ooocccccccccccccccccccccccccnccnccnnnn rn n nn n nn nn 142 8 6 3 Improvements Luc e e nd es a de old 143 A T saaldety he Sr eeu uP anata shag uate n 143 DialogClient 2 2 2 9 32cc 0 hss a lidad 143 EXP e a tld tees 146 UtilitieS gt sis tees noise space a aos a 148 ServiceManager 00000 o cece ccc cece ce ee eee cee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 149 Documentation ns 149 3 04 COMECHONS ir id aio Lino 150 UCA Server costos vta eee IS o A ae Se Lae tee 150 DialogC lenta eos e dd dat Sed 153 EX GULOIS wits 00 ssl E A A e ati A e a 153 Utilities A do 155 External Integration esati 52 cscaas ite occa see bates acia rd dieta datos e Di it 155 8 7 Release Notes Version 3 02B002 o oo ee 156 Notes for the Update Installation 2 2 00 2222 ccce cee eeceeeccceeee 156 STANOW FUNCIONS 22 cows aes isc radar bio ent eto 156 DialogGlent gnc cons port tite eats oP eat beats hen Ed fa
2. DEACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT Deactivates any task that has already finished e GET_CONNECTION Reads information from DB type Connection objects PREP_PROCESS_ DOCU Provides the contents of a Documentation tab as an internal list data sequence for further processing PREP_PROCESS_PROMPTSET Reads the definitions of PromptSet objects and provides them as an internal list data sequence for further processing e STR_ENDS_WITH Checks whether a string ends with a specific other string e STR_ISLOWER Checks whether the characters in a specific string are lowercase letters e STR_ISUPPER Checks whether the characters in a specific string are uppercase letters e STR_STARTS_WITH Checks whether a string starts with a specific other string e WRITE_PROCESS Writes the contents of a data sequence to a file Activity Window Filter for Remote Status With the new Filter option you can reduce the contents of the Activity Window toa specified remote status This applies to SAP jobs database jobs RA jobs and the SAP RemoteTaskManager Output Scan Tab New Status Text Column The Output Scan tab available in jobs file transfers and the RemoteTaskManager now includes the new column Status Text Here you can enter any value that will be used as the task s remote status when the filter definition applies PromptSet Objects New Property Custom field All elements of PromptSet objects now include the new property Custom field
3. AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities Complete Re engineering of the AE database The structure of the AE database has been completely revised Not only the necessary functional extensions new standards for tables and field names have been improved but there is better performance for database access As far as possible when migrating from Automation Engine version 2 63x to 3 0xx database contents are converted with the help of utilities Version 3 01C AE priority and TimeZone changeable in Attribute Dialog The attributes of some executable objects can be set dynamically for the current execution at activation time In the Attributes tab of these objects the check box Attribute Dialog must be selected It is now also possible to change the AE priority FileTransfer and Job and the particular TimeZone applying to a task in Attribute Dialog Automation Engine AE Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities 10 digit RUN of tasks 4 digit client number Improved password encryption Passwords are now encrypted with a 128 Bit key and stored in the database Optimized Executor logon to Automation Engine Due to optimized Executor logon to the Automation Engine the AE system is available quicker after a restart even if many Executors are used Expanded script elements SYS_DATE New parameter for TimeZone For the evaluation of a date a time zone that has been
4. lt Timestamp gt U0011133 OK 15 Bytes 0 Records for file c temp src a txt gt c Temp dst a txt transferred Duration 00 00 00 lt Timestamp gt U0011133 OK 15 Bytes 0 Records for file c temp src b txt gt c Temp dst b txt transferred Duration 00 00 00 lt Timestamp gt U0011133 OK 15 Bytes 0 Records for file c temp src c txt gt c Temp dst c txt transferred Duration 00 00 00 lt Timestamp gt U0011408 FileTransfer 76836123 completed A The MBean for VMWare JMX agent is no longer available Use the RA agent for VMWare instead As of version 9 00A the CrystalReports MBean for Business Objects is no longer supplied Use the RA agent with the solution for Business Objects instead A The UNIX agent s INI file parameter FT_Owner has no effect if the new FileTransfer protocol is used source and target agent are of version 9 or later The User who is specified in the Login object is used in this case A The UNIX agent automatically sets its real user UserID to root 0 after it has started In doing so the agent can change to another user for FileTransfer actions or when files should be deleted for example To ensure that the ServiceManager can end the UNIX agent you must start it with root 29 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 phivileges and set the sbit for its owner For more detailed information refer to the ServiceManager Installation Guide Ax OS 400 age
5. open_ex function to open the RFC connection RfcOpen RfcOpenEx connections type of the RFC connection per client user language per Job only one connection at a time conn_keep keeps the RFC connection when not used remains open for being used by other Jobs Functionality R3_COPY_VARIANT extended The functionality of R3_ COPY_VARIANT was extended for the parameter MODE which identifies the processing mode If a blank is used with this parameter the variant is copied by duplicating table entries default setting Value C copies the variant by creating a new one through SAP intemal interfaces Note that variants exceeding the 45 character value for parameters will not be copied UC4 recommends using this mode only in exceptional cases The second new parameter is OVERWRITE YES NO It serves to specify the further procedure when the target variant already exists Additional settings in the Form tab The ERP Forms tab was added to the settings of the DialogClient You can specify options such as a Login object for the auto logon to the SAP system or offline mode by default when a job is opened New privilege for SAP Jobs The new privilege Edit SAP Intercept Table can be used in the Form tabof SAP Jobs Parameter for establishing a connection P In the configuration file of the SAP CallAPI you can specify an interval in seconds after which the system tries to connect to the SAP system by using the parameter SAP _ RECO
6. UC4 Database UC4 Priority and TimeZone changeable in Attribute Dialog The attributes of some activate able objects can be set dynamically for the current execution at activation time In the Attributes tab of these objects the check box Attribute Dialog must be selected It is now also possible to change the UC4 Priority FileTransfer and Job and the particular Time Zone applying to a task in Attribute Dialog UC4 Server Implementation of new licensing The licensing method and license structure have been changed Licenses are now supplied as files and can be loaded in the UC4 Database with the loading program With the supply of version 3 01C customers receive the same licenses as before but in a new format Licenses used so far can no longer be used As distinction is made between test and productivity licenses an extra license is required to test systems DialogClient Status display of a task modified in Sync monitor The Sync monitor shows the current condition of a Sync object and its use by tasks Symbols in different colours are used to display states The status Waiting for Sync is now displayed in blue instead of grey Automation Engine 194 Task selection for archive keys in the Activity Window The Activity Window selection which can be called in the View menu command Activities has been extended for archive keys Archive keys are now also shown in the task details Display of return codes in statistics
7. 8 00A xxx x1x Service Pack 1 8 00A XXX X2X Service Pack 2 9 00A XXX X2X Service Pack 1 9 00A XXX X3X Service Pack 2 Automation Engine 4 3 Release Notes Version 10 3 1 Release Notes AE Version 10 3 1 1 Highlights Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues e New Automation Engine versioning e New script elements for strings script arrays and data sequences e New predefined variables for the minimum maximum and current runtime of a task e New object type DASH e Improved deactivation behavior e Documentation Popups for glossary terms e WebHelp available in new HTML5 format e Current documentation also available as PDFs e New print parameter for SAP jobs 3 1 2 Service Packs Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues Service Packs include error corrections It is possible though that a Service Pack contains minor changes If so they are listed in this section Service Pack 3 Script Function CONV_DATE Changes For the script function CONV_DATE changes of SP2 have been reversed To ensure compatibility with version 9 of the Automation Engine and the script function WEEKDAY _ XX the weekdays will again be delivered in two uppercase letters based on German Service Pack 2 UI Plug in The Automation Engine plug in for the Enterprise Control Center is now no longer inclu
8. Canceling while in the status Waiting for manual release Scripts and groups can now also be canceled when they are in the status Waiting for manual release S 34853 Runtime supervision of JobPlans and Schedules was not overridden It is possible to specify an individual runtime supervision for tasks in JobPlans and Schedules It overrides the settings specified in the object itself This individual runtime supervision is now activated when the task is being restarted The minimum runtime however will only be checked if no restart point was set S 36206 Value of AUTO_DEACT_DELAY could not be assigned with the script variable PUTT_ ATT When setting the attribute AUTO_DEACT_DELAY with the script element PUT_ATT no script variable could be used so far Example PUT_ATT AUTO DEACT DELAY amp x S 36365 Crash of Automation Engine when shutting down When shutting down from UNIX Sun Solaris no Loscon lost connection TCP IP is sent This causes the work processes to wait for a ping response without result None of them take over the role of the primary work process This malfunction has been corrected with a Timeout function S 38323 Deactivation of sub file transfers When deactivating an active file transfer with wildcard characters all the file transfers assigned to it are also deactivated S 38205 Automation Engine 122 Wrong time displayed The client settings can also be used for activating the version manag
9. For file transfers it can be specified that the source file should be removed If they cannot be deleted successfully they are now canceled S 38599 Error with SYS_ACT_USERID Using the script element SYS_ACT_USERID in the Post Process tabsometimes caused error messages S 39094 Abortion of nested PROCESS loops TERM_PROCESS ended all loops in nested loops which were formed with PROCESS in order to have data sequences processed line by line S 34954 SYS_SERVER_ALIVE falsely displays work processes as inactive When the script element SYS_SERVER_ALIVE was used for a Linux server this occasionally resulted in active work processes being reported as inactive in the return codes SH 39240 153 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 DialogClient The search function could not find certain entries With the search function in the UC4 Explorer you can filter all objects containing Executors All tasks using them were shown The result however did not include Login objects The search for users and Calendar keywords has also been extended SH 32786 SH 36104 No further information when DialogClient crashes during start If the configuration file UC4ACONFIG XML had no valid content e g section lt connections gt is missing the DialogClient could not be started As no log or trace file was created the reason for this error was not obvious Now a message appears to inform about the reason S 31738 Optimized export functional
10. H Series on Itanium released OSS and NetBatch supported The NSK Executorhas been extended so that Jobs can now be processed with OSS and NetBatch Monitoring files to be closed P The Event object now contains an additional configuration which can be used to monitor files that are closed Select the option Automatically in the Event tab The file description can either contain the full name or the wildcard characters and This function can be used when the parameter smfwrite 1 section CONSOLE is set in the Executor s INI file Generation Data Groups now supported Generation Data Groups GDG can now be used in FileSystem Event objects and in the script element GET_FILESYSTEM Some specific settings need to be made they are described in the documentGDG support JCL Exit for OS 390 Jobs P JCL ExitModule is now available for the execution of OS 390 Jobs It can be used for subsequent JCL modifications in the OS 390 system Using PeopleSoft processes with Bind Variables P The new functionPS_SET_BINDVARreplaces a value of a Bind Variable Hence PeopleSoft processes using this variable can also be executed Replacement is either made using a pre determined value or via a Run Control ID The particular specifications required for this function are in the PeopleTools database Detailed information is available in the installation manual Windows or UNIX Automation Engine 92 Extended ways of handling child processes SAP job
11. Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UCA Server New script elements ADD_ATT Adds attributes to an object at runtime Currently either users or user groups can be added to the list of responsible operators of a CallOperator DISCONNECT Disconnects a connection to the UC4 system This currently includes user connections or connections of all user group users to the UC4 system REMOVE_ATT Removes attributes of an object at runtime Users or user groups can be removed from the list of controlling operators of a CallOperator I S_GROUP_MEMBER This function checks a user s membership status within a user group Automation Engine 184 DialogClient The UC4 Authorization System is active The Authorization System controls the authorization status of users and which objects and folders can be accessed by them Access to statistics and object reports is also controlled Access rights to objects folders and statistics reports for all or individual users within a user group can be defined inthe Authorizations tab Another component of the Authorization System is to define which system functions can be used by users for example when working with the DialogClient These can be defined in the Privileges tab Users and user groups can additionally be authorized to access particular objects The particular settings have to be made in the object attributes Existing authorizations and privileges are converted acco
12. Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 New script elements R3_ACTIVATE_INTERCEPTED_JOBS carries out Intercepted Jobs under AE control Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 R3_GET_INTERCEPTION reads the filter table for Intercepted Jobs and saves it in the activation report or in a file Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 R3_MODIFY_INTERCEPTION changes the filter table for Intercepted Jobs Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 New script elements BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN starts a process chain monitors processing and saves the logs in the activation report BW_GET_CHAINS reads process chains from the BW system Available process chains are saved in the activation report or in a file BW_RESTART_CHAIN continues an interrupted process chain Version 3 01C Automation Engine 170 Executor for SINIXreleased SINIX hosts with MIPS processor RM400 are supported The operating system SINIX N version 5 42 or later is required Version 3 01B Monitoring of additional event viewer reports of a Windows Server The directory service log file replication log and DNS server log are additional logs of a Windows Server which has been configured as a domain controller and or DNS server Domain Name System The monitoring of these logs has been implemented into the Windows Executor Call API AE Server DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities Version 3 01B Java CallAPI available A Java CallAPI is
13. Modifiable name for the default Login object ERP_LOGIN The name of the Login object which contains the login information for Enterprise Business Solutions and the Email connection of the UNIX Executor can be specified in the Executors host characteristics variableUC_HOSTCHAR_ with the key APPLICATION_LOGIN The standard name is still ERP_LOGIN Optimized status check In order to improve status checks for jobs a new section called STATUS CHECK containing the parameter time was included in the INI file of the Executor With the value set in here in seconds an individual interval can be defined for status checks The interval used so far could not be changed and was therefore not always the best solution e g for jobs with a short runtime Block by block transfer of messages P It can be specified with the INI file parameter WRITE if messages should be transferred in blocks e g report lines The sending interval for these blocks can be defined with the parameter WRITE_TIME Version 3 02B Log file change Log files can now be assigned to MVS Sysout classes Their names then show the format LOGnnnn e g LOG0001 Hence the log file can be changed Use thelNI fileparameter logpurgeclass to assign the classes 115 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Version 3 02B Additional settings in the Form tab The settings of the DialogClient have been extended for the new tab ERP Forms It provides options such as selectin
14. The new optional parameter JOB_STATUS can be used to select jobs that have been started by InfoPackages according to their status ExecuteObject New Method putPromptBuffer The new method putPromptBuffer allows you to set PromptSet variables for the started object For an example see the related topic in the ApplicationInterface Improvements Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues 11 Chapter 3 Release Notes Version 10 Changed Deactivation Behavior The following changes and improvements have been made e Workflows that include active tasks cannot be deactivated The same rule applies for the tasks of all sub workflows e Tasks that have been started by a workflow can only be deactivated by deactivating the top workflow for which the above rule applies The deactivation process will fail if one of the above rules is not fulfilled The new command Deactivate forced is now available for finished workflows This deactivation mode has the effect that the finished workflow will be deactivated even if it runs within a parent workflow whose status is ignored Note that the sub workflow must not include active tasks Also note that Deactivate forced does not check whether a sub workflow contains active tasks The command Deactivate forced suppresses the defined options for automatic deactivation of subordinate tasks The regular Deactivate comm
15. The setting SQLVAR_SECURITY_LEVEL in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS is now called VAR_SECURITY_LEVEL For compatibility reasons the old name is still supported Reason This setting does not only affect Variable objects of type SQL SQLI but also those of type BACKEND new as of SP2 4 Dynamic PromptSet dialogs Service Pack 1 required a default value to be defined for PromptSet elements whose value should be inserted in an attribute such as Host and Login in an SQL variable of a dynamic PromptSet element s reference variable This is no longer required in Service Pack 2 Q ForSAP agents the System Overview now displays the SAP Basis version of the SAP system SW Version column and a new message that includes the SAP Basis version is written to the agent s log file G The XML based reports of SAP jobs are now also available as XML files in the external job Output Q In SAP Connection objects the default value for the maximum number of simultaneous connectionshas been changed from 10 to an unlimited number See also SAP note 314530 Enterprise Control Center A new UC4 product is now available the Enterprise Control Center ECC The ECC is a web application that provides an easy and clear access procedure for various UC4 applications You can use the ECC in order to start particular UC4 objects and monitor and influence their execution The Process Automation and the Process Monitoring perspectives part of the ECC are requir
16. Unicode Check flag must be activated to ensure that non Unicode based transports from SAP systems work For SAP Version 6 10 and later separate transport files with activated flags have been created SH 25644 Automic Supports additional functions of the new SAP XBP 2 0 interface R3_MODIFY_VARIANT has been implemented using XBP 2 0 XBP 2 0 is available as an SAP Support Package Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 Expanded script elements R3_MODIFY_VARIANT Variant modification now also via the SAP interface XBP 2 0 Version 3 01B Extended script elements BW_GET_CHAINS New parameter ID and TEXT Process chains of the BW systems can now be selectively searched through the use of these new parameters The wildcard character can be used Interface XBP SAP Basis Release 4 0 Utilities AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor Utilities Version 3 01B Creation of Login objects logged during implementation During the migration process to UC4 global Login objects are created which result from existing object data login information used hosts etc Now alist is created which shows from which objects a Login object has been created and with which information The list is written in a file whose path and file name can be entered in the INI file of the loading program transfer_path Automation Engine 176 Transport from 2 6 to 3 0 with complete implementation Transport cases from
17. XML_CLOSE_DOCU Closes structured documentation XML_BEAUTIFY Beautifies the display of an element s structure XML_GET_ATTRIBUTE Supplies the value of an attribute XML_GET_CHILD_COUNT Counts the sub elements of an element XML_GET_FIRST_CHILD Identifies the first sub element of an element XML_GET_NEXTSIBLING Identifies the succeeding element XML_GET_NODE_NAME Supplies the name of an element XML_GET_NODE_TEXT Supplies the text of an element XML_OPEN_DOCU Opens structured documentation for processing XML_PRINTINTOFILE Writes the structure of an element in an XML file XML_SELECT_ NODE Identifies any element DialogClient Automation Engine 130 New System Overview The new design of the System Overview now offers various ways of administering the UC4 system The system overview contains several categories such as Servers Executors or Users including detailed information about them Among other things the following information is available e Display of the workload e A list of all active and inactive Server processes Executors and users e Access to their statistics and reports e Messages to users and administrators as well as security messages e Overview of the database in use e A list of licenses Additionally administrative access is possible for e Closing and activating Server processes e Halting and deleting Executors e Canceling user sessions e Setting trace options for Server processes and Executors durin
18. You can enter any text of your choice in this text field it will not affect any of the functionality G You can even read this text by using the new script element PREP_PROCESS _ PROMPTSET 9 Chapter 3 Release Notes Version 10 Selective Statistics New Remote Context Tab With the new Remote Context tab you can filter the statistics for RA attributes and specific parameters of the SAP Solution Manager For more information see the tab s documentation RA Connection Objects Traffic Light Symbols Signal Connection Status When you open RA Connection objects the system now verifies whether a corresponding agent is active and whether a connection is possible The new traffic light symbol now shows the connection status in the specific CONN object tab New Script Elements R3_IMPORT_CALENDAR and R3_IMPORT_JOBS You can now use the new SAP functions R3_IMPORT_CALENDAR and R3_IMPORT_ JOBSto transfer jobs and calendars from a SAP system to AE R3_IMPORT_JOBSimports all jobs from SAP that have been selected via the script element R3_GET_JOBS In addition to SAP Job objects you can also create Workflow objects and Login objects R3_IMPORT_CALENDARtransfers the days of a specific SAP factory calendar or holiday calendar to a Calendar object Script Element R3 GET_JOB_SPOOL New XLS Format for Output File The parameter FORMAT in the SAP script element R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL now includes the new option DAT Use this to save the outp
19. and statistics and reports for all or individual users of a user group can be defined in the Authorizations tab The authorization system also serves to define which system functions can be used by users e g when working with the DialogClient These can be defined in the Privileges tab Users and user groups can additionally be authorized to access particular objects The particular specifications are made in the object attributes When migrating to UC4 global the existing authorizations and privileges are adequately converted Authorizations can be displayed and changed for users and user groups Users user groups Servers and Hosts are objects in UC4 global therefore accesses must newly be defined through authorizations When updating from 3 01A to 3 01B the existing authorizations and privileges are integrated in the authorization system Privileges can now be displayed and changed Every user has access to lt No folder gt even after the update The user UC UC in system client 0000 has all authorizations and privileges Users who had no authorizations in version 3 01A have limited authorizations after the updating process Event of type Console available with extended functions Console type Events can now be used The Windows Event monitoring has been extended It is also possible to access the directory service log file replication service log and DNS server log of a Windows server which has been set up as domain controller and or D
20. browser Remote users can perform quick analyses when problems occur and take the necessary steps With the three tabs it is easily possible to access the sections Explorer Activities including messages and System Overview This service is available in the languages German English and French The look amp feel of the UC4 WebGUI is similar to the UC4 DialogClient thereby allowing for quick and simple handling The Auto Forecast functionality can also be used in the UC4 WebGUI Requirements Application Server Tomcat 4 J2EE Server IBM WebSphere 5 1 BEA WebLogic 8 1 or SAP NetWeaver 04 Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6 0 or later or Netscape version 7 1 or later UC4 global version 3 02B or later when using Tomcat version 3 02A Patch 16 or later External Integration UC4 Smart Plug In for HP OpenView Operations released for version 7 1 and higher UC4 Connect for SAP Monitoring can now also be used via the XMW interface New UC4 PlusModule for Tivoli Requirements IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5 1 1 Tivoli Management Framework 4 1 Fixpack 6 Tivoli Enterprise Console 3 9 143 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 8 6 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server Variable limitation of search results P System settings were extended for the two new entries GENERIC_SEARCH_LIMIT and GENERIC_STATISTICS_LIMIT see UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS You can spec
21. f The script statement STOP MSG writes messages to the activation log but does no longer open anew window for the text 4 So far the name of the UC4 system could be used as Executor name For reasons of clarity this is no longer possible g Since version 5 00A ORACLE uses data of type BLOB and CLOB instead of LONG RAW and LONG VARCHAR as fields of type LONG cannot be reorganized online Data types are not converted automatically When upgrading from version 5 00A to 6 00A this is no longer optional the fields must be converted to LOB before the migration process starts e The UCA Server must not be active when executing lob_rt sql as otherwise data could be lost e The available tablespace must be dimensioned in a way that the content of table RT fits to the database twice because it is copied to a temporary table e The area for the redo logs must also be sufficient 69 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A A FileTransfers in which source filed cannot be deleted now end with the status ENDED_NOT_ OK The old behavior can still be applied for the case that the new behavior causes problems Specify the old behavior in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS and set the 4th digit in SERVER_OPTIONS to F G As of this version object links are displayed with a small arrow which is included in the object s icon Previously all object links had the same status and functionality Therefore it was not necessary to distinguish one from the o
22. has been set back The date will only be checked when the ProcessFlow task which waits for the external dependency is allowed to start 9 Users require the authorization S for the relevant objects in order to execute the script element GET_STATISTIC_DETAIL 5 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements New terminology Some UC4 terms have renamed The following list shows the old and new terms e DialogClient Userlnterface e UC4 WebGUI Webinterface e Executor Agent e HostGroup AgentGroup e JobPlan ProcessFlow e CallOperator Notification e RUN RunlD Native 64 bit support for core components Starting with this UC4 version the UC4 Server UC4 SNMP Subagent and utilities are supplied for 64 bit platforms Advanced Security This version includes extended functions regarding data encryption and authentication The encryption methods AES 128 AES 192 and AES 256 default are available now in order to secure the communication between UC4 components In addition you can also set an authentication type for your agents These extended configuration settings plus the authorization system protect your UC4 system from unauthorized accesses A Changing the authentication method subsequently involves a lot of effort UC4 strongly recommends determining the required method once while installing the UC4 Server Rapid Automation The term Rapid Automation refers to ageneric technology which is abl
23. which is used by other objects e g atask in a JobPlan a warning message calling attention to this fact is displayed Additional warning for write protected objects When opening an object that is write protected due to a setting made in the authorization system a waming message appears Magnetic Windows In the General tab themagnetic scopeof the DialogClient s windows can be defined By default this function is deactivated In case of activation however you can also define the magnetic area in pixels default value 17 max 99 pixel If a window is dragged or dropped within this magnetic area it is aligned to the nearest screen edge or window Copying tasks within Schedules Tasks can now be copied and inserted within Schedules Extension of the selective statistics Instead of a task s run number RUN a 7 character alphabetic string of the report name can also be used for accessing the statistics of the execution Automation Engine 146 Display of the Server time In the System Overview the table in the category Server has been extended It now also contains a column showing the Server time of the Server process New start parameter for the DialogClient With the parameter l it is now possible to specify the path of the configuration file uc4config xml to be used in the INI file of the DialogClient In doing so all users can create their own uc4config xml with the preferred settings Additionally a path for the configur
24. 2 6 UC4 SNMP Subagent Improvements for the UC4 SNMP Subagent e SNMP V2 and V3 protocol supported e 64 bit support e Linux platforms SuSE and Redhat supported e Improved performance Communication between UC4 SNMP Subagent and UC4 Server via TCP IP Read more details about the UC4 SNMP Subagent in the KnowledgeBase chapter UC4 and Network management 5 2 7 Integration New class GetObjectProperties Supplies the following information about an object e Object type e Folder e Title e First archive key e Second archive key e User who created the object e Date and time of object creation e User who has last modified the object e Date and time of the last modification Number of modifications e Userwho has opened the object e Date and time when the object has been opened You can also use this class to check whether an object exists New classes GetReplaceList and ReplaceObject Facilitates the replacement of object uses such as Notifications The replacement procedure is made block by block with the advantage being that the verifications serve as the basis for further processing such as additional replacements to have progressing displayed react to errors and prevent memory problems The delivery directory contains an example that explains how to use these two new classes New class SetHostAuthorizations Sets authorizations in Agent objects This class can be used to replace authorizations for
25. 4 4 A RN 116 ServiceManager 00 cece cece cnn 118 Documenta vse ete Wie DAM esi ss etl thd yoke IS EIN leh E 118 9 4 GOMECUONS 222 1 AM cc aed ee GS Se A EA 119 Automation Engine a 2 222222 2 cece cece ccc c cece c ccc ccc cece ccc c cnn cnn cnn cnn 119 DialogGlienty 2 5 on hs Ae ta Meee Sone se nbc ele eit tenia aces dds i oia dats 122 EXGCUtOrS EEESTIS AEE EEE TTO TET 123 ES A A R 126 External Integration ooooccccccccccccccccccccccncnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanos 127 8 5 Release Notes Version 3 02A _ 2 2 2 0 0200000 128 8 5 1 Highlights 2 20 0 200 22 cece cee cece cece cece cece cece eee eeceneeeeeceeeeeeeenseees 128 Notes for the Update Installation 22 0000 0000 c cece eee eeceeeees 128 Components to be installed 2 2 2 2 02 2 2 cccceeeceeeeeeeeees 128 9 09 NOW sRUNCHIONS ceda rod o Es dal 3 128 UGA SENEN notas A A ae Bos aes AL ti oad axe nse 128 DialogGlient sesso sd hee eke eee fd ins Sele AE ee ot 129 EX CULOIS oaa ea TETE ERNES desis He heen T Pages ee aes tae 130 8 5 3 IMPLOVEMEMNS 5 wes one one pannei a rra lar cat srta ide on 131 ECA SOV Cle eset Oe OU tL total tot Sh AES LS attest i SAINI RRR LO tals teh Sk OS 131 DialogGlient oso cosita 132 Utilities esos e e e ele lea e 132 AAA 133 UCA SCR A A a hw dal enh Ne ANE a tA eS 133 EX CULOIS coran srta Sse ERSTE Sr A E az 134 AAA E LN A IO 135 viii Contents 8 6 A Highlights o Lost ooo rio toc 136 Notes for the Update Installation
26. As a result the displayed time differed from the actual creation time S 37014 Wrong return code of script element SYS_ACT_JP in post script The script element SYS_ACT_JP checks if the object was activated from a JobPlan If it was used in a job s script and pre script tab a proper return code was supplied A wrong value was supplied if it was used in a post script tab as the task activating it e g JobPlan Schedule was transferred incorrectly S 30227 Immediate start of manually blocked tasks did not work Inthe JobPlan monitor you can immediately start tasks that are waiting for execution This however did not work when a manual breakpoint was set in this task S 35472 Change of start time for Forecasts in active Schedules The periodic change newly initializing the Schedule is now used to create forecasts for active Schedules So far the activation time was used Furthermore the specified starting time is used for the individual tasks instead of the current time S 30960 S 31344 Several corrections in the READ input check With the script element READ you can specify formats for inputs e g numeric characters The input check has been optimized S 31163 S 31166 S 33589 Automation Engine 152 Canceling while in the status Waiting for manual release Scripts and groups can now also be canceled when they are in the status Waiting for manual release S 34853 Runtime supervision of JobPlans and
27. Bug Fixes Known Issues This section contains information about the known bugs that have not yet been resolved and in many cases also descriptions of workarounds for them For detailed and up to date information see the Known Bugs amp Workarounds section in the Automic Download Center 15 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 4 1 Release Notes Version 9 00A 4 1 1 Highlights Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues e New object type QUEUE e Optimized FileTransfer procedure e New Workflow design e Usage of negative numbers and floating point numbers in UC4 Script e New object type PRPT e Definition of conditions and statements for Workflow tasks e Values of Variable objects are dynamically retrieved e New features CONVERT and DEFINE e System and attribute values can be used in other object attributes and in scripts e Arrays are available in UC4 Script e Alias for Workflow tasks and objects that are activated once e New script element MODIFY_SYSTEM e Usage of Variable objects in object attributes e Accessing agent files via the Userlnterface registered job output e Extended Activity Window e Quick Search in windows objects and Workflows e Quick Access function for quick access to objects e Extended features ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT RESTART_UC_OBJECT and MODIFY_ UC_OBJECT e Host type can be selec
28. Detailed description about database maintenance The utilities UC4 DB Archive UC4 DB Reorg and UC4 DB Unload are used to maintain the UC4 Database Detailed information on the usage of these service programs including an example explaining how to automate this procedure Using the Transport Case Description on the efficient use of the Transport Case is now also provided in a separate document Description about the UC4 Variables The list of UC4 Variables was extended and allows for the individual configuration of your UC4 system Extended configuration files The documentation for the configuration files of the UC4 components INI and XML was completed 8 6 4 Corrections Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server Object name could contain invalid characters CREATE_OBJECT The script element CREATE OBJECT creates Calendars and Variables Invalid characters were accepted up to now for object names This has been changed and now a warning message with a list of all allowed characters is displayed when invalid characters are used S 31965 Script element PREP_PROCESS_FILENAME could not be fully used in the Event object The script element PREP_PROCESS_FILENAME can also be used in the script of an Event object If however the optional parameter was used for the Login object an error message was displayed S 31687 151 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Incorrect calculation of maximum runtime
29. Host Attributes tab of Windows Jobs that the job report should be stored as a file if an error occurs This setting however did not work unless Database was also specified in this tab SH 37558 Utilities Invalid Login objects were used for transport case conversion When the transport case was converted from version 2 6x to UC4 global Login objects from the version control folder VERSION_CONTROL or the recycle bin were sometimes used in the objects SH 33344 Wrong validity key DOKU caused errors when links were converted In version 2 6x the UC4 Variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU contained the validity key DOKU which is accepted for the migration process Links converted to UC4 global are then spelled DOCU as is valid in UC4 global and were therefore not displayed SH 31450 Link documentation was converted incorrectly In 2 6x you could add link documentation to objects in form of extra tabs containing links to files When a root directory was specified path specifications were not correctly converted in the migration process They were written in two lines instead of being written one after the other in one line SH 31452 Runtime error occurred when invalid script lines were converted Runtime errors could occur during database conversion if the script contained an invalid line or continuation lines SH 32097 Wrong implementation of scheduled tasks When transferring the Transport Case from a 2 6x system to UC4 global it ha
30. OBJECT_TITLE title e USAGE_COUNT usage counter e USER_CREATED created by e USER_MODIFIED modified by PREP_PROCESS FILE Extension It is now also possible to define tabulators as column separators REMOVE_OBJECT Extension So far only objects of type Calendar Login and Variable could be deleted This function now facilitates the deletion of other object types such as jobs 73 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A 6 2 3 DialogClient New graphical JobPlan view Even complex JobPlans appear well structured with this new representation of tasks This view is provided in addition to the existing classical view In the new graphical view the boxes show the symbols corresponding to the task s object type Properties such as the earliest start time are shown in a tooltip window A further advantage is that the progress of the individual tasks is also displayed Based on the expected runtime the JobPlan monitor visualizes the progress with a colored bar You can change between the new and old system at any time Graphical display of object links In order to provide a better overview object links are displayed with a small arrow in the icon This feature is especially helpful when searching or deleting objects 6 2 4 Executors UC4 Executor for Databases released The new Executorestablishes a connection to databases It is able to execute typical SQL statements e g SELECT or UPDATE database specific commands and stored pr
31. OS job card The parameter userid_type and the section USERID in thez OS agent s INI file are now checked even if the setting Type JCL incl z OS job card has been specified in the Job object z OS tab In other words even if the Job card and the JCL are retrieved from z OS no other OS users are allowed to start the UC4 Job than those that have been specified in the agent s INI file Extended file attributes for FileTransfers More file attributes are now available for the destination of FileTransfers These attributes must be specified in a new format ALLOCATE command The old format is still supported As inall platforms you can also keep the original z OS attributes option Keep original file attributes in the FileTransfer object Original attributes cannot be overridden USS Unix System Services supported The file system USS is now supported for FileTransfers Temporary files can be created depending on the setting that has been defined in the s INI fileparametertemp_file_uss Documentation New design for the UC4 Documentation The colors used in titles table backgrounds and lines and the font for the UC4 Documentation have been adjusted to the general UC4 design 4 1 5 Improvements Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues 39 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Optimized FileTransfer procedure UC4 now transfers files in a more efficient
32. Queue objects To do so you can use the new parameter Option Ring trace functionality for OS agents The agent for BS2000 OS 400 UNIX VMS Windows and z OS has the new tracing flag Memory INI file Section TRACE Parameter memory which activates the so called Ring Trace When the Ring Trace function is activated 1 9 the agent trace is put in memory and written in a file when required This results in the performance of the agent and the size of the trace file to decrease Note that traces are only set in close cooperation with Support 23 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Service Pack 2 g Workflow Properties Pre Postconditions tab As opposed to Service Pack 1 the action EXECUTE OBJECT always passes the variables of the Workflow task on to the started object g PromptSet objects The text field option Show as password now actually encrypts the specified value Passwords that are entered via prompts are no longer shown in clear text in reports for example In former versions this setting had only a visual effect only in the PromptSet dialog the characters were displayed as A Attention Service Pack 2 also includes database modifications Ax The options for a Workflow task s prompts Workflow Properties Variables amp Prompts tab are now grayed out if no PromptSet objects are assigned to the object In Service Pack 1 you could activate these two options although doing so had no impact A
33. SAP s monitor architecture nodes The SAP agent can access the monitor structure in the CCMS Script elements can be used to create and modify attributes or delete nodes e R3 DELETE NODE Deletes anode e R3_SET LOG ATTR Sets a log attribute e R3_ SET _PERF_ATTR Sets a performance attribute e R3 _ SET_STATUS _ATTR Sets a status attribute e R3_SET_TEXT_ATTR Sets a text attribute The Forms tab of SAP jobs can be used to access nodes A separate browser displays the monitor All Monitoring Contexts of the monitor set SAP CCMS Technical Expert Monitors The node colors correspond to the current alarm status 59 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A Registering the SAP agent to the system Landscape Directory P SAP sSystem Landscape Directory SLD supplies an overview of installed software components You can configure the SAP agent in a way that it registers to the SLD whenever it starts New report type agent log for SAP jobs The SAP agent now has its own report type agent log PLOG which can be activated in the SAP Job object The activation report is only used for UC4 Server messages Status of SAP jobs displayed in Detail Window The entry Remote status in the Detail Windowdisplays a job s current status in the SAP system It is not shown if no SAP status is available New Functionality R3_ ACTIVATE _CM_PROFILE Activates a profile in the SAP Criteria Manager R3_DEACTIVATE_CM_PROFILE Deactivates a profile in the SAP Cri
34. Server IBM WebSphere 5 1 Oracle WebLogic 8 1 or SAP NetWeaver 04 Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6 0 or later or Netscape version 7 1 or later UC4 global version 3 02B or later when using Tomcat version 3 02A Patch 16 or later External Integration Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02B UC4 Smart Plug In for HP OpenView Operations released for version 7 1 and later 109 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Version 3 02B UC4 Connect for SAP Monitoring can now also be used via the XMW interface Version 3 02B New UC4 PlusModule for Tivoli Requirements IBM Tivoli Monitoring 5 1 1 Tivoli Management Framework 4 1 Fixpack 6 Tivoli Enterprise Console 3 9 8 3 Improvements The P symbol characterizes new functionalities which need to be adjusted manually in the particular INI files when updating your Automation Engine version Automation Engine Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Service Programs ServiceManager Documentation Version 3 02A Improvement of Sync object processing Previously when Sync object conditions were checked repeated deadlocks occurred in the database which reduced the overall performance Now this processing is only carried out by the primary server process Almost no deadlocks occur anymore which results in significantly improved performance Forced change of password In the
35. Term Replaced by UC4 Automation Platform Automation Engine 208 UCA Policy Orchestrator A separate UC4 product It is an application for managing events within the UC4 system This application is the backend for Policy Orchestrator First UC4 Policy Orchestrator provides the building blocks for defining the business rules Then it monitors the UC4 eventBases for occurrences of the situations that are described in the business rule conditions and exceptions and then triggers the actions prescribed in the business rules Available for download from the UC4 Download Center UC4 Server Old term for the component Automation Engine v8 or lower UC4 DB Archive The utility UC4 DB Archive can be used to remove the increasing amounts of data from the UC4 Database UC4 DB Change Utility for changing transport case exports UC4 DB Client Copy Utility for copying and deleting clients UC4 DB Load The utility UC4 DB Load can be used to load data into the UC4 Database UC4 DB Reorg Data can be reorganized by using the utility UC4 DB Reorg It marks data records witha deletion flag in accordance with the settings that have been specified UC4 DB Reporting Tool The utility UC4 DB Reporting Tool can be used to query tasks in your UC4 system UC4 DB Revision Report Utility unloading modification reports from the UC4 Database Modification reports include detailed information about object modifications and accesses UC4 DB Unload Utility fo
36. Use READ 8 UC_CAUSE_NAME instead g The activator of an escalating CallOperator can be retrieved in the script with READ amp UC_ CAUSE_NR Please keep in mind that the parameter ACT must be assigned now if SYS_ ACT_PARENT_NR is used instead Example SET amp RUNNR SYS_ACT_PARENT_NR ACT The RUN is no longer retrieved when the parameter PRC or empty parentheses are used More detailed information about the parameters ACT and PRC are found in the document that describes the superordinate task g The script element MODIFY_OBJECT has been changed due to the new Calendar objects that are provided The new parameter Calendar keyword has been added Adjust the syntax in your scripts with the search for usage So far e MODIFY_OBJECT object name title date format date1 date format date2 Now MODIFY_OBJECT object name title Calendar keyword date format date1 date format date2 Calendar objects from previous versions can be imported into UC4 global 5 00A using the UC4 transport case After the transport you must open and save the transported objects in the UC4 DialogClient to provide the keywords with dates Automation Engine 88 g The behavior of groups in JobPlans has been adjusted Processing continues if a JobPlan execution reaches a group and there are no tasks to be started with Up to now the group waited if value 0 had been specified as the maximum number of parallel ru
37. User tab of the User object it is now possible to activate the option Password had to change for next logon without having previously set a value in the variable UC_ CLIENT_SETTINGS with MAX_PASSWORD_AGE Extended Script Elements DISCONNECT Disconnects the connection to Executors With this Script statement you can disconnect connections of one user or all users of a user group to the AE system Additionally it is now possible to disconnect connections to Executors PREP_PROCESS_VAR Two new parameters to filter entries In addition to the variable name you can now also specify filters for the validity key and content Version 3 02B Automation Engine 110 Variable limitation of search results System settings were extended for the two new entries GENERIC_SEARCH_LIMIT and GENERIC_STATISTICS_LIMIT see variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS You can specify a maximum number of search results to be displayed in the Explorer and the selective statistics This influences performance positively The default value is 5000 Maximum number of lines increased for PREP_PROCESS By default data of the script elements PREP_PROCESS is supplied in lines It can however also be structured in columns Now up to 22 columns can be defined instead of 10 with the parameter LENGTH_TAB No limitation of the maximum number of tasks per Executor The maximum number of tasks that can be executed simultaneously can be defined for each Executor with a v
38. WebGUI e Extended ways of handling child processes e Spool list recipients of SAP jobs e New functions R3_CREATE_OUTPUT_ REQUEST R3_GET_SPOOLREQUESTS R3_ SEND_SPOOL_REQUEST e Extended function R3_GET JOB SPOOL e SAP calendar conditions can be transferred e Using PeopleSoft processes with Bind Variables e GCOS8 CallAPI can be called from own programs e OSS and NetBatch supported in the UC4 Executor for NSK e JCL Exit for OS 390 Jobs e New introductory chapter Getting Started e Administrator Manual and Release Notes can now be removed from the UC4 Documentation e Extended search functionalities in the UC4 Documentation HTML help e Extended modifications possible in active Schedules e User friendly selection field for date specifications e Objects highlighted in search for usage results e Objects can now be edited from anywhere in the DialogClient e Statistics window settings can now be stored e New functionality GET_EVENT_INFO e New functionality GET _STATISTIC_DETAIL e New functionality for MODIFY_UC_OBJECT Automation Engine 86 7 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation The P symbol characterizes new functionalities which need to be adjusted manually A License verification was corrected because so far more UC4 components could be used than licenses were purchased Please check if the number of UC4 components you use corresponds to the number of licenses purchased The concerned components can no longer be started wh
39. a PeopleSoft job Eitherthe process instance number assigned by PeopleTools or the session ID the process ID assigned by the operating system for this process are used Setting is made with the PID parameter in the PS section of the PeopleSoft Executor s INI file SH 25975 Version 3 01C Incorrect parallel processing of Batch Input sessions When an AE job using R3_ACTIVATE_SESSIONS with the parameters SELECT EVERY was started multiply the batch input sessions were only processed by one AE Job Interfaces all SAP Basis Release all SH 26559 Only English or German message texts in reports English or German can be chosen as language in the INI file where the logging is made SAP registration is also made in these languages which had the effect that French or other message texts were not included in the report With the new parameter SAP_language you can specify if the Executor should register again with the language specified in the Job Interfaces all SAP Basis Release all SH 25226 Truncate fields du to deficient default function module When variants were changed certain field types e g date time were truncated although this was not intended The reason was the deficient default function module RS_VARIANT_ CONTENTS_RFC which has been eliminated by SAP Interfaces XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release all XBP 2 0 SAP 4 6B Version 3 01B Incorrect status of ended process networks So far a process network always
40. a connection loss No internal File Transfer between AE Servers and Executors The Automation Engine communication process now sends the JCL of jobs to be executed directly to the Executor No internal FileTransfer is made anymore This also means that no statistical data are created by internal FileTransfers anymore New script element 169 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 PS_GRANT_OUTPUT_ACCESS Authorizes users or roles to access the output of a PeopleSoft process Version 3 01B Component Interface PROCESSREQUEST Java classes for PeopleTools 8 1x and 8 4x UC4 global supports the PeopleTools PROCESSREQUEST Component Interface for PeopleTools Versions 8 1x and 8 4x program libraries ucxjpsx4 dll and ucxjpsx5 dll Access to job processing is provided through Java classes Java classes must be installed and activated in the PeopleSoft Executor s INI file in order to use the PROCESSREQUEST Component Interface via Java classes Automic Supports functions of the new SAP Interface XBP 2 0 Extended functions are available for the relevant script elements through the support of the SAP interface XBP 2 0 Version 3 01B Automic Supports further functions of the new SAP XBP 2 0 interface The support of the SAP XBP 2 0 interface led to the implementation of new Script elements which run and monitor Intercepted Jobs and are able to read and change the filter tables of Intercepted Jobs XBP 2 0 is available as an SAP Support Package
41. agents that shoulg be included in an AgentGroup are specified by entering the agent name or via filters A task which runs in an AgentGroup is processed on one or all of the AgentGroup s agents depending on the specified mode Auto Forecast It displays tasks that will run in a predetermined period Comprehensive forecast for all future activities Automation Engine This component drives a AE system and consists of different types of server processes Automation Engine A separate Automic product that can be used to control administer and operate an AE system You can define and schedule objects that run processes and activities on different hosts activation Through activation tasks obtain a RunID are displayed in the Activity Window and are ready for execution see also Start activation log A report that contains all details about task activation The details that are included in the log 199 2B 3C Chapter Glossary depend on the settings that have been specified for example the generated JCL modified Variables activity An activity or task is an entity which can be planned assigned to a user or a team and tracked with respect to their plan and state started cancelled suspended completed agent A program that enables the de centralized execution of processes e g deployments on target systems computers or business solutions or a service that provides connectivity toa target system e g for database
42. also be used with the UCA Interface In this context the table in the UC4 Documentation chapter KnowledgeBase UC4 and Target Systems UC4 and SAP Technical Connection Functional Differenceshas been simplified Only script elements are checked whose functions or parameters require the UCA Interface The descriptions of the affected R3 script elements such as R3_ACTIVATE_JOBS have also been improved 4 1 6 Bug Fixes Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues For detailed and up to date information see the Patch Descriptions section in the UC4 Download Center 4 1 7 Known Issues Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues This section contains information about the known bugs that have not yet been resolved and in many cases also descriptions of workarounds for them For detailed and up to date information see the Known Bugs amp Workarounds section in the UC4 Download Center 4 2 Release Notes The following are the Release Notes of the Automation Platform UI plug in for the ECC 4 2 1 Automation Engine v9 Service Pack 8 This Service Pack does neither include new functions nor modifications Service Pack 7 This Service Pack does neither include new functions nor modifications Service Pack 6 This version of the Automation Engine Ul plug in requires the Automation Engine
43. and can be loaded in the AE database with the loading program With the supply of version 3 01C customers receive the same licenses as before but in a new format Licenses used so far can no longer be used As distinction is made between test and productivity licenses an extra license is required to test systems Server Processes on UNIX are based on C The runtime modules of the Automation Engine for UNIX have been programmed in C not in COBOL as they used to be So a C runtime environment at UNIX platforms is sufficient for the Automation Engine operation DialogClient AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities Longer User and Department Names For the logon to the DialogClient a maximum of 200 characters is allowed for the combination user and department Passwords can contain a maximum of 32 characters Version 3 01B Line defaults can be defined in the JobPlan Defaults can be defined for those lines which link tasks in a JobPlan The standard line status can be preset in the JobPlan tab of the Settings dialog This dialog can be called using the Settings command in the Options menu of the DialogClient Automatic capitalization in scripts of BS2000 z OS and OS 400 Jobs It is possible to choose between upper and lower case for AE Script inputs A button arrow pointing downwards is available in the tool bar of the DialogClient Inputs for Jobs in BS2000 z OS and OS 400 target systems are automa
44. be stored Adjust it according to your requirements and call the command Save window settings now from the menu Options The specified settings then apply to any statistics window you open User friendly selection field for date specifications An extra selection field is now available in all positions of the DialogClient where a date must be indicated The graphical user interface allows the date to be specified easily Extended selection of commands in the Activity Window Various commands can be selected in the JobPlan monitor which allow interference in the processing of tasks The most important ones can now also be selected directly in the Activity Window 7 2 4 Executors FileTransfer compression P Compression is now possible for FileTransfers using the platforms mentioned above A particular one can be selected in the FileTransfer object or stored as default values in the Executor s host settings Detailed information about compression types and configuration is found in the document that describes theexecution of FileTransfers 91 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX released Requirements Java version 1 4 and later JMX version 1 1 and later JMX Remote API version 1 0 optional and later UC4 Version 3 02D and later Application Server e Tomcat Version 5 and later e SAP NetWeaver 04 BEA Weblogic Version 8 1 Service Pack 2 and Version 9 e IBMWebSphere Version 6 UC4 Executor for NSK
45. client processing It is possible to specify a priority of internal AE processing for each client For example the priority of a test client can be ranked below the priority of a production client Values from 200 to 255 can be specified using CLIENT_PRIORITY in the variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS The default priority value is 200 Priority for all a client s tasks A priority can be defined for all a client s tasks which are then processed with this priority within AE Values between 1 and 255 can be specified using TASK_PRIORITY in the variable UC_ CLIENT_SETTINGS Unless otherwise defined the default priority for all tasks is 200 Priority for particular tasks of a client Within AE tasks are processed in accordance with their priority It is possible to increase or decrease the priority of particular tasks Maximum number of tasks running simultaneously can be defined You can define how often a task can be run at the same time New script elements ADD_TIMESTAMP adds time to a time stamp CONV_TIMESTAMP converts date and time for another TimeZone SUB_TIMESTAMP subtracts time from a time stamp SYS_TIMESTAMP_PHYSICAL delivers real time and date ATTACH_SYNC assigns a Sync object to a task Version 3 01B New script elements ADD_ATT adds attributes to an object at runtime Currently either users or user groups can be added to the list of responsible operators of a CallOperator DISCONNECT disconnects a connection to the AE s
46. command Settings inthe DialogClient s Options menu Additionally Samuel J holidays can now be italicized in all calendar views Automatic monitor opening can be defined Monitors can be displayed during the runtime of CallOperators Cockpits JobPlans and Schedules For each of these object types it is possible to define whether the monitor is to be opened following task activation in the Activities Refresh tab of the Settings dialog These specifications are called with the Settings command in the DialogClient Options menu Version 3 01C Automation Engine 168 Support for Forecast Functionality AE can create and display a forecast for executable objects The aim of this forecast is to obtain the most realistic estimation of runtimes of participating tasks There is a special window type for viewing the created forecasts It is called in the menu View command Forecasts or by clicking the mouse on the command button in the task bar Implementation of import and export functionality objects can now be transferred from one AE system to another The Explorer provides the functions with the commands Export and Import in the context menu For imports it is possible to overwrite an existing object Task result changeable in JobPlan Monitor at runtime The reaction to the selected end status of a task at runtime can be changed in the JobPlan Monitor In the Result tab the settings for the particular tasks can be adapted It is called with
47. constellation S 28321 Erroneous transfer of messages If errors occurred during Script execution the Executor sent defect messages This happened when the transfer was additionally encoded Status Waiting for host if there is no connection to PeopleSoft Jobs get the status Waiting for host if there is no connection to PeopleSoft Interfaces all PeopleSoft release 8 0 S 30832 Wrong login information leads to abortion of a UC4 Job A job is aborted if it uses the wrong login information Interfaces Java PeopleSoft release 8 0 S 30832 Logs of process chains now with correct information The Script element BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN also saves the logs of process chains in the activation report The connected parameters PROCESSLOGS JOBLOGS and LONGTEXT now supply the correct information Correct status handling of process chains The states of process chains are now handled adequately R ended erroneously F finished S skipped Deleting queued job files Queued job files are now deleted when they have no entries 135 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Extension of return code for the Script element BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN The following return codes have been defined to make it easier to distinguish the status of a process chain in UCA SAP return code R gt UCA return code 4 ENDED_NOT_OK SAP return code X gt UCA return code 8 ENDED_NOT_OK SAP return code S gt UCA return code 12 ENDED_NOT_OK SAP re
48. e SAP Enterprise Portal 6 0 The UC4 Smart Plug In was released for HP OpenView Operations on UNIX Read more about the requirements in the installation checklist 7 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements 7 3 1 Database Specifying code page settings P Code page settings must comply with database settings Configuration settings can be stored in the INI files of the UC4 Servers and utilities and apply for the particular session Use the new parameter SP in SQLDRIVERCONNECT which is found in the section ODBC 7 3 2 Server Mode of the primary work process can be specified P The primary work process serves to process special messages A new parameter is now available in the INI file which controls whether it should also serve as regular work process Set the parameter PrimaryMode Section GLOBAL in the file UCSRV INI to 1 if the primary work process should only process own messages in order to reduce the workload 95 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A Transporting Users and User groups now possible Details are described in the document UC4 Transport Case Deactivating Include objects in Headers and Trailers P A new setting can now be used to deactivate user defined Include objects which are not used in Headers and Trailers of Jobs Performance can also be increased as database accesses are avoided Use the validity keyword DISABLE_USER_HEADER in the UC4 VariableUC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS for this config
49. ended with the return code 0099 The reason was that AE analyzed the return code too early Version 3 01B Long text of InfoPackages in the activation report Apart from InfoSource and RequestID the long text will now also be printed in the activation report for started InfoPackages SH 25245 181 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Version 3 01B Deadlocks while saving report in case of error For a UNIX job it is possible to define in the UNIX tab that the report is only to be saved in the AE database and or in a file in the target system in case of an error This option did not work properly SH 26005 Call API AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Service Programs External Integration Version 3 01B Exit codes of utilities standardized The exit codes returned by the CallAPI utilities have been standardized for z OS UNIX and Windows 0 Normal end of the utility 4 Normal end of the utility and output of a warning error handling with STOP MSG 50 in the script 8 Abortion of the utility error handling with STOP MSG gt 51 in the script 12 Abortion of the utility error when logging on to AE system 16 Abortion of the utility fatal error e g error when connecting to the Automation Engine script file cannot be opened or read error in the configuration file Utilities AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Service Progra
50. file UC4CONFIG XML had no valid content e g section lt connections gt is missing the DialogClient could not be started As no log or trace file was created the reason for this error was not obvious Now a message appears to inform about the reason S 31738 Optimized export functionality Time required for exports increased with the number of objects included Now the XML parser was optimized in order to keep export times as short as possible Conversion of alphabetic characters during imports was missing As no lower case letters are allowed in object names they will automatically be converted to upper case letters S 31972 123 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Incorrect display of German Umlauts after exports The contents of the Activity Window the Statistics Window and others can be exported to files The generated CSV file however did not show Umlauts correctly This mainly affected the documentation tab when objects were imported or exported SH 32552 Script of PeopleSoft Jobs was deleted when Java Object Adapter was missing The ERP forms for PeopleSoft required the availability of the file psjoa jar An error affecting the content of the Process tab occurred if this file was not available Now Offline mode is used when there is no Java Object Adapter Place holder for the Executor when importing Console Events If itis found during the import process of a Console Event that the Executor does not exist in the AE sy
51. files have the ending CHM see also WebHelp e host Computer target system e host attributes Platform independent attributes of the Job object Automation Engine 202 9 e Include A script that is often used in several objects A particular AE object type 10 J e Job Processing on a target system A particular AE object type e Job Control Language Short form of Job Control Language It refers to applications that are processing steps executed on computers e JobPlan Deprecated Term Replaced by Workflow 11K e Key column Column in static Variable objects that can be used to access values of a particular line 12 L e Login Login Objects store account credentials used by agents on target systems A particular AE object type e logical date The logical date is used as a comparison date for checking Calendar conditions 13 M Message Window Userlnterface window that displays warnings information and error messages e Modelling Studio An application which allows modeling of lt EventBases gt and managing the infrastructure of the Policy Orchestrator and the associated lt EventBases gt e main types Release Package Package Dependency Applications Applications Versions Host Host Role Component Activity Environment Reservation and Workflow 203 Chapter Glossary a amp 14 N e Node Registration View View to manage lt nodes gt available in Decision Notification Sends messages to indiv
52. hee es AE Oh tee 23 Service Y lt f ee woke nseasssedd fede secede he sk ged Se eR Beko Se cedevelecbieinces 25 26 iv Contents Agenc scooter ol Oo ee eee ae ori 27 ODIOS is A ge as adda had A ias 29 e A alias O 30 IntiallData co o e e CO ed pes 32 DADAS a e a SS 33 Automation Engine ce ciclistas dt hose oia 33 Userintertac ovario a A e de de oct dia a Ao 33 Documentation 22 2 2 2000 eee 33 Changed Terminology 0 22 e cece c cece ccc e cece cece cece cecececeeeeeeeeees 33 4 1 4 What s NOW 2 s 2 esce 2 shite ti teed Ae Gl R ee ea 33 Wserinteniace cid e A oo deh 36 Automation Engine 2 0 00 cece ccc cece ccc cc cece ccc ccccecccccececceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 36 Extended Functionality 0 00 00000000 c cece cece cece ccc ccc ccc cece cece ee ceeeeeeeees 37 New Functionality ocio it Ia daddies at aa oes 37 AGENS rastas to dde tidad 38 DOCUMENTATION A es 38 4 1 5 IMprovementS orcas 38 Wserlnterace osa ee E e a ea Be i ore ihe 9 40 ARMS cre 41 DOCUMENTATION 02 ao ao tags iaa 41 A NOBUO IES nsec o doo eens 42 Af KNOWIISSUES cun E E I ke daa lutea se htusleny hantde ds 42 4 7 Release Notes cuota deal hak esa 42 4 2 1 Automation Engine v9 o oo cece cece cece cece cece cece ecececeeceeeeeeees 42 Seice Packil io 2 0 colorrectal is a sien 42 SONCE PACK 2 2 2nwe Sine Roa studs dt nietos ehh Et place and tenia ned 42 SEIVICS RACK Gr e e ee At e SANA ORO RES ali tet Ot PEAS INO MD 42 DEIVICEPACK Os cursar ld d
53. in SAP e New report types for SAP jobs e Access to the SAP Criteria Manager e Access to SAP s monitor architecture nodes e Registering the SAP agent to the System Landscape Directory e New report type agent log for SAP jobs e Status of SAP jobs now displayed in Detail Window e New functions R3_ACTIVATE_CM_PROFILE R3_DEACTIVATE_CM_PROFILE R3_ GET_APPLICATION_RC R3_SET_SELECT_OPTION e Improvements for the UC4 SNMP subagent e Reaction to the return codes of executable objects e Extensions for the UC4 ApplicationInterface e New WebHelp for the UC4 Documentation e Navigation bar on all Online help pages e Table of contents in all Online help manuals e Setting up the stand alone agent for IBM WebSphere e New function MODIFY_TASK e Extended function GET_FILESYSTEM SYS_HOST_ALIVE and SYS_INFO e External job monitor for the OS 390 agent 5 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation The P symbol characterizes new functions which require manual adjustment A Important note for updating the UC4 Database to version 8 00A Automation Engine 48 The upgrading process to the new data model of version 8 00A includes that the table structures for reports RH and RT are adjusted This applies to all supported databases The available tablespace must be at least of the same size as the database For example the database size is 40GB hence the required available space is 40GB Ensure that there is also sufficient space forthe RedoLog are
54. in all Process tabs of objects Object variables can be passed on to child tasks For example tasks in Schedules can use the object variables of their Schedule This simplifies maintenance as it is no longer necessary to store the values in the individual objects Periodical tasks with intervals of less than a day Tasks which should run several times a day in a specified interval can now directly be scheduled in the Activity Window Each task contains aperiod container which controls executions The interval specifications include Calendar objects and time frames etc Thus periodical tasks can be scheduled in your processing as necessary Resource concept for Jobs and FileTransfers P UC4 now provides aresource conceptin order to be able to consider host workloads in processing It can be used to weight Jobs and FileTransfers differently Executors have a particular resource pool You can define for each job and FileTransfer how many resources should be consumed during their execution The Executor starts a task if it has sufficient resources to execute it A task obtains status Waiting for resource if there are not sufficient resources It is executed as soon as the required resources are available 71 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A LDAP connection for user authentication with Microsoft Active Directory P UC4 provides a client which serves to authenticate login data using LDAP via the Microsoft Active Directory When logging on u
55. in the Activity Window P The variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS contains systemwide settings The entryGENERIC_ACTIVITIES_LIMIT can be used to specify the maximum number of tasks to be displayed in the Activity Window This improves performance when the activities are refreshed in short intervals Refresh interval for viewing tasks can be specified P You can now specify an interval in which the Activity Window and Monitor view are refreshed in the client settings The advantage is that messages are sent in groups and not for each particular message The parameter for this setting EH_KICK_INTERVAL Object deletion with prior request P When deleting an object the system automatically checks back if it is used in other objects If many objects are deleted at the same time this process can take a little longer With the new key DELETE_CHECKBCK_LIMIT in the variable UC_SYSTEM_ SETTINGS you can now define a maximum number of objects if this number is exceeded a dialog is displayed from which you can select whether the particular object s usage in other objects is to be checked back or not Additional column called CP in the System Overview You can now see inthe User category of the System Overview via which communication process a particular useris connected to the AE system A warning appears when objects are renamed When an object is renamed the system checks if it is used in scripts If so a warning message is displayed Selecting s
56. new parameters TEXTONLY and FRAMES Requirements for using these parameters see also SAP note 777337 e SAP Basis Release 6 20 with support package SAPKB62045 e SAP Basis Release 6 40 with support package SAPKB64010 Automation Engine 98 Storing the home directory to increase performance A new parameter is now available in the INI file which can be used to determine that the home directory of the Login user should be stored for a particular period of time The default value is 10 minutes You can also specify that the home directory should not be stored Adjust the parameter HomeDirCache in the INI file of the Windows Executor according to your requirements 7 3 5 Documentation Using the UC4 Documentation A new document is now available providing information on ways of using UC4 Documentation so that specific information can be found easier Main chapter UC4 Script The contents of the UC4 Script chapter previously located in the User Manual are now available in a main chapter and can be accessed directly New introductory chapter to UC4 Script A new and comprehensive introductory chapter serves to give more detail about UC4 s script language Revised documentation of script statements More details and screenshots are provided to explain UC4 script statements An extra table explaining possible return codes has been added in order to make handling script functions even easier Improved chapter about the authorization syst
57. next to the standard tabs From now on they are part of an extra Documentation tab and can be selected from the lower left part of the window Additionally and regardless thereof do imported objects have their own Documentation tabs Custom naming conventions for objects P With the new variable UC_OBJECT_COUNTER it is possible to specify a counter per object type whose reading is appended to the suggested object names This number then replaces the default value NEW n Executors Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02A New Variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT The new Variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT was added to the system client 0000 It contains the name of the Executor and the appropriate connection string to the Enterprise Business Solution retrieved by the Executor Version 3 02B UC4 Executor for GCOS 8 SR 5 2 released Version 3 02B UC4 Executor for MPE 6 5 incl CallAPI released HP 3000 Version 3 02B 105 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 New Architecture for the UC4 Executors for NSK The following functionalities are now available as a result of the NSK Executors new architecture e the new job attributes CPU and Virtual Terminal e increased performance due to a central Output Collector and reusable TACLs e improved restart performance e improved job canceling e Critical error messages are sent to the EMS Console Version 3 02A REPLY_ID
58. now also use the Email connection using SMTP Using file attributes P The file attributes alq deq mbc mbf and fop can now be used for file transfers With the parameter ACCESS they can also be specified as default setting for the Executor UC4 Executor for Windows 2003 Itanium 164 released SMTP email connection for Windows Executors P The MAPI2 interface and SMTP are now available for the email connection 141 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Using Windows Job objects P The Windows Job object combines all the processes of a Window job thus providing the following advantages e CPU time measuring includes all sub processes e the Windows job only ends when all sub processes have ended e when the Windows job is canceled all sub processes are also canceled You can specify in the Job or the Executor as default value whether a Windows Job object should be used Utilities The utilities have been improved and can now be used platform independently P All important utilitieshave been implemented platform independently in Java and are now also available for UNIX The program names and names of the INI files have been changed slightly Now they also include the parameters for the Java Loaders which were so far included in the configuration files e UC4 DB Archive e UC4 DB Change e UC4 DB Client Copy e UC4 DB Load e UC4 DB Reorg e UC4 DB Unload Program simplifying the update process A new utility is n
59. object in order to start Because all Queue objects are also stopped if a client is stopped this procedure is not possible 31 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 g The script element STOP in combination with the stop mode MSG can only be used for the error numbers 50 59 If you execute it using a different number the script aborts and an error message is output that informs about the fact that the error number is not valid g The script function GET_STATISTIC_DETAILnow returns an empty string if the statistical record could not be found Previous versions returned a runtime error in such a case g Static Variable objects now include 5 value columns For the script element PUT_VAR this means that values that include one or several commas and should be written in one column must always be enclosed in single quote or double quote characters Otherwise the values are written in several value columns In versions 8 00A or earlier the following scripting line test1 test2 test3 test4 test5 was written to the value column As of version 9 004 this line has the effect that the value test1 is written to value column 1 and test2 to column 2 etc The behavior has also changed PUT_VAR VARA1 KEY 1 test1 test2 test3 test4 test5 If necessary adjust your scripts If the value test1 test2 test3 test4 test5 should be written to the value column 1 use the script element PUT_VAR as follows PUT_VAR VARA1 KEY 1 test1
60. option Deactivate automatically when finished is set to Always This includes that all tasks react in the same way as in version 2 6 in which this option does not exist S 30540 Version 3 02B Invalid Login objects were used for transport case conversion When the transport case was converted from version 2 6x to AE global Login objects from the version control folder VERSION CONTROL or the recycle bin were sometimes used in the objects S 33344 Wrong validity key DOKU caused errors when links were converted In version 2 6x the variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU contained the validity key DOKU which is accepted for the migration process Links converted to UC4 global are then spelled DOCU as is valid in UC4 global and were therefore not displayed S 31450 Link documentation was converted incorrectly In 2 6x you could add link documentation to objects in form of extra tabs containing links to files When a root directory was specified path specifications were not correctly converted in the migration process They were written in two lines instead of being written one after the other in one line SH 31452 Runtime error occurred when invalid script lines were converted Runtime errors could occur during database conversion if the script contained an invalid line or continuation lines SH 32097 Wrong implementation of scheduled tasks When transferring the Transport Case from a 2 6x system to UC4 global it happened occasion
61. overview The retum codes ending the processing of activate able objects are now displayed in the statistics overview Deleting Executors from system overview Executors which are not currently used can be deleted in the context menu in the system overview They are moved to the recycle bin and can be restored later Executor authorizations remain unchanged Host Display in the JobPlan graph JobPlans are exclusively created and managed graphically All objects are represented with check boxes in the JobPlan tab They can be distinguished by their respective object names So far the object type was displayed here now the host name is shown for Jobs FileTransfers and File system type Events SH 27668 Display of stop conditions in the JobPlan and schedule monitor Monitors show the current states of tasks Inthe JobPlan and Schedule monitor view a red light symbol is shown as soon as automatic processing has been stopped Utilities Loading of license information implemented So far license information had to be entered manually Now they are directly loaded in the UC4 Database with the loading program Objects logged with path descriptions The check program checks existing databases before they are changed over to UC4 global The test result is written ina HTML file An entry is made for each object whose status is to be logged by the utility Now the entry also indicates in which folder the particular object is stored Obj
62. particular users Do so by indicating a user name or setting a filter with the wildcard characters and In addition to these options a combination field combo box containing all the client s users is now available from which you can select a particular user New function for selecting objects in Schedules and JobPlans So far objects could be stored in Schedules and JobPlans by dragging them to the tab with the drag and drop function Alternately you can now select objects by calling a small UC4 Explorer window with the command Add task in the context menu New font for Scripts In the Process tab which is available for all executable objects the font was changed from Courier New to Lucida Sans Typewriter If this font is not installed on your computer the fonts Lucida Console or Monospaced are used instead Filter is now displayed in the Statistics Window As already implemented in the Activity Window the selected filteris now being displayed in the status line of the Statistics Window Copying task sequences across JobPlans It is possible to copy one or several tasks of JobPlans and insert them in other JobPlans The properties that have been defined for the individual tasks remain unchanged Modifying the runtime in Schedules Changing the runtime monitoring of tasks in Schedules is now possible any time provided that they are not active A warning appears when deleting used objects If an object should be deleted
63. same applies to tasks Automation Engine 112 Attribute tabs now available for generated JCL A JCL is available when a job has been generated You can access it through the context menu of the Activity Window The JCL dialog has been re structured and contains two additional tabs now one showing the attributes of the Job object the other the attributes of the host Using Sync objects of system client 0000 In addition to selecting Sync objects in the executable objects of the own client you can also select those of system client 0000 Extension of the functionality Send To y In order to allow for easier distinction the variable UC_SENDTO_ACT is now available for objects in addition to UC_SENDTO for tasks This includes that different entries can be defined for the context menus of the Explorer and the Activity Window Furthermore external programs and executable objects of the client can be specified Setting for storing JobPlans P In JobPlans particular tasks are connected with the line tool in order to define predecessors successors and dependencies Up to now a JobPlan could always be stored regardless if a task has been assigned a predecessor and successor or not Now the system checks which settings were made and depending on the setting made in the Variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS entry JOBP_SAVE_INCOMPLETE the JobPlan then will either be stored after a request stored without request or not stored at all Fewer tasks
64. set as parameter is taken into account SYS_DATE_PHYSICAL New parameter for TimeZone For the evaluation of a current date a time zone that has been set as parameter is taken into account Automation Engine 172 SYS_TIME New parameter for TimeZone For the evaluation of atime a time zone that has been set as parameter is taken into account SYS_TIME_PHYSICAL New parameter for TimeZone For the evaluation of a current time atime zone that has been set as parameter is taken into account MODIFY _UC_OBJECT New parameter PRIORITY With the new parameter PRIORITY it is possible to dynamically modify the priority of active tasks Modifying priorities is possible as long as the task is not finished Each modification is logged in the task report TOGGLE_OBJECTS_STATUS Additional parameter When the keyword ALL is assigned in an additional parameter the script element also starts or stops the automatic processing of all subordinate tasks Additional Parameter for Activator or Processor The activation type of a task whose name RUN or object type is to be located is defined with an additional parameter Keywords are ACT for activator and PROC for processor default A processor is the superordinate task that is responsible for the orderly execution of tasks Group JobPlan or Schedule Activator can be a task or user session This concerns the following script elements e GET PARENT NAME e GET PARENT NR GET PAREN
65. stored in the object e statistics This is a list of atask s previous runs e status This represents the condition of a task such as active blocked generating e sub workflow A workflow that is part of a different workflow e superordinate task There are various ways of activating objects The originator of the activation is referred to as the superordinate task parent 20 T TimeZone It defines a local time A particular AE object type e task An executable object that is running Tasks are also referred to as activities 21 U UC4 Automation Engine A separate UC4 product which includes the individual components that are required to operate a UC4 system such as the component of the same name the Automation Engine which consists of server processes the Userlnterface the agents the Webinterface etc Available for download from the UC4 Download Center e UC4 Automation Platform Deprecated Term Replaced by UC4 Automation Engine e UC4 ClearView A separate UC4 product Graphical analysis tool Displays the activities statistical and forecast data per UC4 system client in a bar diagram and can be used to calculate the critical path Available for download from the UC4 Download Center e UC4 Decision Deprecated Term Replaced by UC4 Policy Orchestrator e UCA Insight Deprecated Term Replaced by Predictive Analytics e UC4 ONE Automation 2013 The name of the UC4 product family e UC4 Operations Manager Deprecated
66. supplied along with UC4 global This CallAPI enables AE calls from within proprietary Java programs while providing a utility UCCALL3 JAR which can be used in an MS DOS box or in a batch file example java jar uccall3 jar script script txt when called in the command line All parameters allowed for this utility can be displayed with java jar uccall3 jar Utilities Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities Version 3 01B Resetting archive flags Archived data records are labeled after having been successfully archived This facilitates the subsequent reorganization in order to delete these data from the AE database All of a client s activation flags can now be removed by re calling the utility using the Reset archive flags button Version 3 01B Resetting archive flags Archived data records which should be deleted from the AE database are marked with an archive flag during the 1st reorganization phase In the 2nd reorganization phase all marked data from the database is copied in REORG files and deleted All of a client s deletion flags can now be removed by re calling the utility using the Reset delete flags button 171 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 ServiceManager Dialog serves AE services in UNIX Communication and work processes and Executors which have been defined as daemon in UNIX can be started and ended from Windows with the Service Manager dialog program 9 3 Improvements AE Database
67. system to another The UC4 Explorer provides the particular functions with the commands Export and Import in the context menu For imports a selection can be made to overwrite an existing object Task result changeable in JobPlan monitor at runtime The reaction to the selected end status of a task at runtime can be changed in the JobPlan Monitor In the Result tab the settings for the particular tasks can be adapted It is called with the command Attributes in the context menu of the JobPlan Monitor Renaming of objects and replacing object usage When an object is renamed it is checked whether it has already been used in another object If so it is possible to change the object name also in the objects which use the renamed object 193 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Sync monitor available The Sync monitor shows the current condition of a Sync object and its use by tasks It offers a complete overview of a selected Sync object In the upper part of the monitor the current condition of the Sync is displayed including its value Information is given on the task which were at last changed by the Sync object These are the name of the task its RUN as well as the date and time of the change Executors Release of Executor for SINIX SINIX hosts with MIPS processor RM400 are supported The operating system SINIX N version 5 42 or higher is necessary 9 7 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections
68. that has been stored in PasswordContainers are assumed to the new Login objects Client defines a completely independent environment within an AE system Up to now a ClientManager has administered clients It has been replaced Clients are now objects that are administered in the DialogClient Note During the migration from AE 2 6 to 3 0 Client objects are created which assume the existing definitions TimeZone records values for local time evaluation 165 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 TimeZones in objects supported TimeZone objects can be assigned to clients users and executable objects The TimeZone assigned to a client represents its default TimeZone Assigning a TimeZone in a User object means that the DialogClient displays the local time of this TimeZone for this particular user It is also possible to select and use a TimeZone that differs from local client s one Priority for executable objects adjustable A priority can be assigned for most tabs in their Attributes tab Values from 1 255 are allowed with 1 being the highest 255 the lowest priority If you select O for a task the priority defined for the local client in the variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS with TASK_PRIORITY is used If no default priority has been defined or if the variable does not exist in the local client priority 200 applies Maximum number of tasks running simultaneously can be defined Itis possible to define in the Attributes tab how often t
69. the New client tab to have your data converted Documentation Handling Executors A new document is now available which describes the different ways of starting stopping and monitoring Executors 8 7 3 Corrections New Functions Improvements Corrections O A on o 2 1 Time events in combination with US time zones caused a special error When defining a condition in the Calendar tab one day was skipped when a US TimeZone was specified S 45414 159 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 GET_FILESYSTEM included subdirectories With the option PATH_FILE_COUNT of the script function GET_FILESYSTEM files of subdirectories were also counted S 45560 S 45647 FileTransfers were sporadically canceled Rarely did it occur that a FileTransfer was canceled with the message that no host could be found in the Login object although that particular entry existed This happened with FileTransfers that were processed at the same time and used the following source and target hosts JOBF1 HOST1 gt HOST2 JOBF2 HOST2 gt HOST1 S 44458 S 45150 DialogClient Earliest start time in the START box of JobPlans could not be edited An earliest start time can be defined in the JobPlan properties In the start box however the earliest start time was inactive so the time could not be changed S 45521 Calendar conditions were ignored in particular cases If an empty line was stored in the Calendar conditions of the Job
70. the loading program Example U0021596 File read C AUTOMIC db general 3 01C UC_UPD TXT Version 3 02B New database parameter in the INI file P The INI file now contains the new entry CommitCount which you can use to specify the number of data records after which database commit is performed When 0 is used a commit is made after each record Extended functional range With theunloading program all objects of a client or of the whole AE system can be directly unloaded and do not have to be moved to the Transport Case before Additionally archiving and reorganization flags can be reset in this utility Version 3 02A The test result has been extended for various statistics The utility UCYBDBCHK EXE checks the existing databases before UC4 global is implemented The test result is written to a HTML file Now this file also contains various statistics such as e g the number of objects per client per object type and client the number of reports per client and the number of statistical records per client or host type Automation Engine 118 ServiceManager Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities ServiceManager Documentation Version 3 02B Delayed services are shown in the log file In the properties of each individual service you can enter an interval for delaying its start This information service and time is now also written to the log file with message number U0022035 Documentation Autom
71. the object type CPIT 4 1 3 Notes for Update Installation Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues Ay Please verify that your environment complies with the system requirements of the relevant UC4 version before you start the installation process You will find a list of supported platforms and version as PDF in theUC4 Knowledge Base Important note for updating to version 9 00A The Result tab of Workflow tasks has been replaced by thePostconditionstab When you update your database or load the Transport Case the system is automatically converted to the new version This means that the conditions and actions of the Post Process tab are set ina way that its functionality is similar to the Result tab of version 8 00A or earlier Object imports of previous versions XML must be converted manually Do so by starting the utility UC4 DB Load and select the ConvertResult txt file which is available in the folder IMAGE DB GENERAL 9 00A g The action CANCEL PROCESS FLOW cancels the Workflow differs from the Cancel Workflow option in the Result tab e CANCEL PROCESS FLOW Cancels the Workflow immediately All subordinate tasks that are not yet active switch to the status ENDED_JP_CANCEL Whether active tasks continue depends on the parameter Sub ordinate tasks value including or excluding They obtain the status ENDED_CANCEL e Cancel Workflow Only the tasks o
72. the utility again in order to call up this function using the Reset delete flags button 9 6 3 Improvements Highlights New_Functions Improvements Corrections UCA Server Event with Start after scheduled time is also analyzed at UC4 Server start It is possible to define for an event whether it is to be executed or not when it starts after the scheduled execution time This definition in the Event tab is now also taken into account when UC4 has been inactive for some time All events for which execution time has then passed and for which the Execute option is activated are executed with UC4 Server start Extended script elements New attributes for events of the Console event type Access to additional event viewer logs of the Windows server is supported The DIRECTORY _ SERVICE DNS SERVER and FILE REPLICATION SERVER event attributes can be read and set with the script elements GET_ATT and PUT_ATT DialogClient Line defaults can be defined in the JobPlan Defaults can be defined for those lines which link tasks in a JobPlan The standard line status can be preset in the JobPlan tab of the Settings dialog This dialog can be called using the Settings command in the Options menu of the DialogClient Automatic capitalization in scripts of BS2000 OS 390 and OS 400 jobs It is possible to choose between upper and lower case for UC4 script inputs A button arrow pointing downwards is available in the tool bar of the
73. v9 SP6 43 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Improved prompt handling Inits prompts handling the Process Automation UI Plug In now supports input assistants and validates constraints on regular expression Prompts that have only a label are displayed correctly Various bug fixes Process Monitoring perspective Jobs in waiting or sleeping status are now also displayed Run per patch is now available only where it makes sense to use this function Service Pack 5 A Note that for using this version of the UI plug in the Automation Engine must also be of version v9 SP5 Otherwise tasks with prompts may hang with the status Waiting for user input or the connection between the ECC and the AE can be lost Process Monitoring and Process Assembly perspectives Tooltip texts for workflow tasks Tooltip texts are now available for the task boxes in the Workflow Editor Process Assembly and the Workflow Monitor Process Monitoring They provide information about related tasks Hover the mouse pointer over a task box wait a moment and the tooltip text will appear The tooltip texts now show the alias and or the title and object name They also include the information whether the rollback function is active and whether pre or postconditions have been stored Process Assembly perspective The object selection menu in the Workflow Editor has been changed The Explorer and Search areas in the object selection menu of workflows ha
74. value whether a Windows Job object should be used Utilities Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02B The utilities have been improved and can now be used platform independently P All important utilitieshave been implemented platform independently in Java and are now also available for UNIX The program names and names of the INI files have been changed slightly Now they also include the parameters for the Java Loaders which were so far included in the configuration files e AE DB Archive e UC4 DB Change e AE DB Client Copy e AE DB Load e AE DB Reorg e AE DB Unload Version 3 02B Program simplifying the update process A new utility is now available for updatingfrom a 2 6x or 2 6x version to UC4 global It includes numerous functionalities thereby providing several work steps that would otherwise be very time consuming and complex in their realization The individual steps are made available in extra tabs thereby facilitating the individual conversion of your AE system Naming and sorting of Login objects can be specified All login data necessary for Jobs Events and FileTransfers for logon to operating systems and applications are stored in UC4 global s so called Login objects During the migration process login data is retrieved from the password container of version 2 6x and transferred to the newly created Login objects In the new section M
75. was significantly reduced 7 2 2 Server Performance improvement Performance improvement can be achieved by optimizing the database accesses and internal messages External password check A password exit is called with every UC4 user logon It checks whether or not the indicated Login information is valid New Functionalities GET_EVENT_INFO Reads message data of an occurred File System Event GET_STATISTIC_DETAIL Retrieves details from a statistical record of an executable object MODIFY_UC_OBJECT Additional new function Additional parameters make it possible for tasks to now be modified in active JobPlans Tasks can so be started immediately earliest start times be set or removed and dependencies to direct predecessor be deleted The modifications are valid for that particular execution LOG_DUMP TRACE TRACE_DUMP Output values of an indicated memory range to files These useful script functions serve diagnostic purposes and as all trace settings they must only be used in close cooperation with the support team 7 2 3 DialogClient Automation Engine 90 N Multi desktop mode P The desktop the working environment of the DialogClient is used to create objects and monitor their execution The number of windows used can be numerous depending on the various functions that are available The multi desktop mode can be used to keep a clear overview An individual working environment is created for each connection Addi
76. with these script functions DialogClient Restructured Version Control The name Version Control was changed to Version Management Copies of objects that are created by using the Version Management are now found in a separate system folder such as the Transport Case In order to keep a clear overview the duplicated versions are additionally listed in the newly created Version Management tab that is available for all objects The utility UC4 DB Reorg has also been adjusted for facilitating the complete reorganization of the object copies A privilege is required in order to access Version Management Automation Engine 144 UCA version and patch level displayed The menu item About UC4 global was added to the DialogClient menu It includes information about the UC4 version and patch level Indicate both of them when contacting the support team Search result section can now be changed A bar splitting the window of the Search function facilitates enlarging or diminishing the result section Number of Forecast windows reduced You can highlight several objects and create forecasts for all of them Up to now an individual forecast window was opened for each object From now on there will be exactly one window containing the necessary information for all forecasts the same applies to tasks Attribute tabs now available for generated JCL A JCL is available when a job has been generated You can access it through the context menu of t
77. 0 Automation Engine 58 New SAP agent implementation P The SAP agent has been optimized and extended in order to be able to support SAP functions even better The connection data to the SAP system is no longer stored in the INI file but can be specified in the new object type Connection The SAP agent is now a Java program previously a C program Support of Java Scheduler Jobs in SAP P UC4 provides the following opportunities to handle jobs in the SAP Java Scheduler e Start jobs using parameters e Cancel jobs e Assume logs to the job report e Monitor jobs via filter using the QueueManager For using Java Scheduler jobs the SAP agent requires SAP version 7 1 New report types for SAP jobs Further reports are available if XBP 3 0 is used e Application logs e Spool directory e Step lists e Statistics The additional reports include data in the form of XMLs which offers two advantages Firstly you can determine the content and the graphical display via stylesheets Secondly you can easily read the individual values using the XML script elements Access to the SAP Criteria Manager TheSAP Criteria Manager can be used to define conditions for the Event History Event History Reorg and Job Interception in profiles It is possible to access theCriteria Managerdirectly in the SAP job Functions e Creating and deleting profiles e Activating and deactivating profiles e Adding modifying and removing conditions Access to
78. 0053 set amp a 49 1 Error 0000000000000049 1000000000000000 set amp a 21 30 21 30 21 30 set amp a 1 123 0000000000000001 1 123 A Note for script variables that should store a negative value Before assigning a value SET you must create them with a data type that can store negative numbers signed or float You can declare variables to a specific data type by using the script statement DEFINE A Note for variables that have been created without a specific data type A runtime error will occur when you assign a negative value When you assign a positive floating point number this number will be stored without the decimal places A For the parameter Key of the Script Function GET_VAR beginning with V 9 the allowed formats are script literal or script variable The format UC4 name is not allowed anymore O Version 8 and earlier ones The script element GET_STATISTIC_DETAIL also retrieves the number of binary file lines depending on how often CRLF occurred in combination with the detail RECORDS New as of version 9 Because this is only useful for text files the value 0 will always be returned for binary files Initial Data g Particular Calendar keywords have been removed from the Holiday Calendars of individual countries because they were not correct A list of all affected holidays is provided in the section Improvements General 33 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 The TimeZone
79. 2222 cov cece ec ee ede de recado ey bbe ERENNERT REEE ENEAK ees citada da 2 2 1 3 Service Pack Patch 000 000022 c cco ce cee eee eee eeeeeeeees 2 2 2 Automation Engine Versioning as of Version 10 2 222 cece cece eee eee eeeeeee 2 2 3 Automation Engine Versioning before Version 10 00 0 c cc eee cece e cece eee e eee 3 3 Release Notes Version 10 ccoo ccoo ccoo conce 4 3 1 Release Notes AE Version 10 o ooccoccccccccccoccccccccnncccccccnnnnn nn cccnnnnnnccos 4 3 1 1 Highlights 222 20 eeeeeeeeeeee 4 3 1 2 S6rmvi e Packs 2 222202 eb is ies A de ole ts tec eee ab cnelsl ei alsdecb huts 4 DEVICE PACK e ons eles es Soe Spee Ges ene ane di Loe aldo tacna 4 Sevice AAA 4 Service Pack 1 5 3 1 3 Notes for Update Installation 2 22 0 ole eeecccccce eee ceccececceeeececeeeeeeeeees 5 New Functions nn 8 AOCINS 22 ccech este sees anie hens esate eens hh eee seen eee et 13 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 ccoo ccoo coco 15 4 1 Release Notes Version 9 00A 22 2 2 ooo eee 15 AAA A 15 4 1 2 Service Packs 0ococooncosartestllo dl tado decs oben iets dador 15 Savice Pack cocacola dd td ee tics dida hdr decanos 16 Sevice PACK E diia 16 o AAA 16 Service Pack 6 2 2 2 eee nee eee ence EEEa ai 16 DEVICE PACK Oeste cede dice kois ranae tae codeme ne ede ae ced de deo 16 Service PACK 4 oo oes a hey ap ld eee he dewey el eee idee es ee 17 DEVICE PACK A ect te ee eet ease 19 MONVICE PACK EE E E oe See ea has
80. 4 Executors for NSK The following functionalities are now available as a result of the NSK Executors new architecture e the new job attributes CPU and Virtual Terminal e increased performance due to a central Output Collector and reusable TACLs e improved restart performance e improved job canceling e Critical error messages are sent to the EMS Console Automation Engine 140 UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft for PeopleTools version 8 44 and 8 45 released UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft on AIX 5 1 released UC4 Executor for SAP on z Linux released UC4 Executor for SAP on Linux released New report type SLOG for SAP Jobs P It is now possible to display a report tab containing current SAP system log messages for aborted SAP Jobs Number and interception period can be specified through parameters in the INI file of the SAP Executor Managing connections in the Forms tab A new menu is available inthe Forms tab just right click on the traffic lights symbol This tab contains entries for establishing and ending connections to the SAP system Further commands offer the opportunity of switching between offline or online mode or changing to another connection if more than one is available New Functionality R3_GET_VARIANT CONTENTS Shows the content of a variant UC4 Executor for Siebel 7 5 on Windows 2003 2000 and XP released UC4 Executor for HP UX 11i Itanium released SMTP email connection for UNIX Executors P UNIX Executors can
81. 69 6 221 Database ct eh dd A das e aia wed E N o a tc 71 62 2 SCIVER oes dans fase E Ake eee ans Poi dan Aan one ee dn pleat Mabie See ane pe 2 71 6 23 DialogCli6nt Li eet eee bese eee aeons eh ees Mawes ue 73 0 2 4 EXeGU O S 20 concisa lisis ud owas ds 73 6 29 DOCUMENTATION Seyra a bic cinta ads dai 17 02 UTM e a A Ad dao ta tes 1 e e LON 78 6 2 7 Service Manager o oo eee cece cece cee cecccccccccccccccccecceccccecceceeceeeeeees 79 6 2 Integration gules tre Neo be eae ot cone drets 79 6 3 Improvements ninos 80 SNE ARA A A O Uh adele Sissel Nis aye 80 6 3 2 DialogClient 1 2 2 0 00020 c cece e cece cece cnn 81 623 3 EXCCULOM E eo dt a Nes Ghee eels tle Ns E ad LOE dade 82 vi Contents 03 0 Utilities cresta io o o Oo a ita 84 6 3 6 ServiceManager ooocccccccccccccccccccccncnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnononcocococccccocccccics 84 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A _ 220 2 ooo ooo eee 85 A AA A AA 85 7 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation ooooooccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccnooo 86 7 1 2 Components to be installed 2 2 2 2 cece cece eee ccc cceeeeecceeeceeee 88 22 NOW FUTONS 2 2 cee oes a ctrl Cae ee cae 88 7 2 1 Database 2200 22 0ee 89 EAN 20 2 2b cutee Su No O O 89 7 2 3 DialogClient 2 0 2 0 222 c cece ccc ccc ccc cece cece cece sees seteeeteneeneeed 89 UZ AEX CCUIOIS rd dist yas a Il SALA seta le di da dadas 90 2 0 DOCUMENtatION ici rt re il tad bits 92 F216 UMS AS A A tak eld Magee 93 EZ SEMICE
82. 7 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A g Attention when updating MPE Executors The group name has been changed from UC4GRP to UC4GLOBL Adjust the file EXSTART or create the new group UC4GLOBL g The file names for NSK Jobs and their reports have been slightly changed The ending TXT is no longer used So far e Job file lt UC_EX_PATH_TEMP gt TXT J lt RUN gt e Job report file lt UC_EX_PATH_JOBREPORT gt TXT O lt RUN gt Now e Job file lt UC_EX_PATH_TEMP gt J lt RUN gt e Job report file lt UC_EX_PATH_JOBREPORT gt O lt RUN gt g An extra statistical record is available for each period of a Schedule This includes a new RUN which is assigned with each period turnaround In doing so the Job which has become active because of the period turnaround obtains a different RUN in the post process The RUN of the job activating Schedule can be assigned to the post process using the script statement RSET g So far if txt had been used as a wildcard FileTransfer under Windows files such as a txt could also be found This has been corrected and now stands for one character This however is an incompatible change g Groups started twice previously ended with the status FAULT_OTHER 1820 no end with the status FAULT_ALREADY_RUNNING 1822 g In versions 3 00A and later it is no longer possible to read Calendars with SYS_ACT_ PARENT_NAME in CallOperators that are called with CALE_WARN_CALL_OPERATOR
83. Agent objects directly without having to open and store the object New class ObjectStatistics Supplies the statistical overview of an object This class is available in addition to the existing class GenericStatistics 61 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A The UCA Internal Webservice is now also available for SAP Netweaver Through the integration of UC4 in the SAP Closing Cockpit it has become possible to activate UC4 objects via tasks Doing so also requires the UC4 Internal Webservice and specific SAP transports 5 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements 5 3 1 Database Structural description of the UC4 Database in HTML format The description about the UC4 Database s individual tables and columns is provided in the form of HTML files IMAGE DB _STRUCTURE HTML 5 3 2 Server Selecting the LDAP connection s authentication method P The authentication method for the LDAP Server can now be configured Use the setting AUTHENTICATION_METHODin the UC4 Variable UC_LDAP_EXAMPLE to specify whether the LDAP connection should use the realm data or the domain name With this configuration and depending on the LDAP Server you can specify the suitable method By default the LDAP connection still uses both methods if one fails Setting for storing the Server logging in the UC4 Database P The new setting LOG_TO_DATABASE in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_ SETTINGS can now be used to determine whether the UC4 Server
84. Automation Engine version 2 6 are converted during the loading process to UC4 global The same transformations take place as with a migration of the entire database e g when Login objects are created and script elements are adapted Version 3 01C Loading of license information implemented So far license information had to be entered manually Now they are directly loaded in the AE database with the loading program Version 3 01B Pre Script Script and Post Script are distinguished from each other So far values have been searched for and replaced in Pre Script Script and Post Script when the SCRIPT attribute was used Now only the regular Script is considered for SCRIPT Selective searching and replacing in Pre Script and Post Script is now possible using PSCRIPT and OSCRIPT Version 3 01B Use of SYS_SRRC_ACTIVE checked During the migration process to UC4 global the check program which checks the Version 2 6 database reports the use of the SYS_SRRC_ACTIVE script function This script element will no longer be supported as there is no SRRC Status Recording Recovery Control in UC 4 global Client related check of the Version 2 6 database With this check program particular AE system clients can now also be checked To do so the program is called up with the C parameter and client number Analysis for system client 0000 is always an additional task The file name of the file generated by the check program contains the chec
85. Automic ii Copyright Copyright Automic and the Automic logo are trademarks owned by Automic Software GmbH Automic All such trademarks can be used by permission only and are subject to the written license terms This software computer program is proprietary and confidential to Automic Software and is only available for access and use under approved written license terms This software computer program is further protected by copyright laws international treaties and other domestic and international laws and any unauthorized access or use gives rise to civil and criminal penalties Unauthorized copying or other reproduction of any form in whole or in part disassembly decompilation reverse engineering modification and development of any derivative works are all strictly prohibited and any party or person engaging in such will be prosecuted by Automic No liability is accepted for any changes mistakes printing or production errors Reproduction in whole or in part without permission is prohibited Copyright Automic Software GmbH All rights reserved Automation Engine _ iii Contents 1 General Information _ 22 22 22222 1 2 Automation Engine Version Indicators 0022 2002222 eee eee cece e cece eee ee 2 2 1 General Information about Versions and Releases 2 00 20 20 ceee cece cece e ees 2 2 1 1 Major Release 2 222 000 0000 00 occ e cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 2 2 1 2 Minor Release cc ee
86. B Archive insert the entry AH_Ert manually in the section AH_BODY Otherwise the data fields are not included in the archiving process AH_BODY AH_Ert 1 A Individual user s column alignments are lost when updating the UC4 WebGUI They are reset to the specified default alignment A Contact us to obtain a new license for UC4 RestartPlus version 1 2 which is now available You can also update the OS 390 Executor even beforehand because these are two individual processes A The values for PUT_ATT attribute FT ERASE SRC_FILEin FileTransfer objects have been extended Only value J had been allowed so far Now Y can also be used The value J can still be used for compatibility reasons A The section SAP_R 3 in the SAP Executor s INI file has been renamed to SAP_BASIS The SAP Executor on Windows automatically adjusts the name On UNIX this section is duplicated and inserted in the INI file with its new name UC4 recommends deleting the section SAP _R 3 after updating and starting the Executor as its values are no longer read 4 UC4 Connect for HP OpenView NNM requires HP OpenView NNM Version 7 x A All UC4 components which run on HP UX require at least HP UX version 11 11 4 According to SAP note 413708 RFC is compatible Nevertheless binary incompatibility has been detected between versions 6 20 and 6 40 Thus the RFC runtime libraries of SAP basis 6 40 or later are required 4 SAP NetWeaver contains interfaces for va
87. BM DB2 versions 9 1 and 9 5 are no longer supported for the AE database and the Database Agent A The UNIX agent and the utilities for HP UX are no longer provided for the PA risc architecture A The UNIX agent is no longer supported for SCO Unixware A As of version 10 the INI file parameters reorg_mode suppress_output max_rt_ number and show_stats of the utility AE DB Unload are meaningless The reason is that this utility now uses only the new deletion method In the new deletion method it is essential that no REORG files are created during the database reorganization process This is the same behavior as with the parameter setting suppress _ output 1 which always suppresses the generation of REORG files So far you could define the method for deleting data by using the INI file parameter reorg mode REORG section old method reorg_mode 0 new method reorg_mode 1 The old deletion method consumed a lot of memory and could eventually cause performance problems A The folder structure of the supplied documentation has changed The folders uc4 this includes htmlhelp and unix are now located in the directory Guides The new folder Release Notes includes the Release Notes for Automation Engine and the Ul plug in as PDFs 4 As of v10 MS SQL Server 2005 is no longer supported for the AE database the utilities and the Database Agents A In the WebHelpSplitter Java program that can be used to remove guides fr
88. Client messages therefore improving the UC4 system s overall performance From the technical point of view Dialog processes function in the same way as work processes Switching from WP to DWP and vice versa is possible in the System Overview or with the script element SET_UC_SETTING The number of Dialog processes can be handled in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS with the validity keyword WP_MIN_ NUMBER UC4 NonStopServer Reliability can be increased by changing some of the Server processes to NonStop processes The computer on which the NonStop processes have been installed takes on processing when the computer with the active Server processes stops Technically NonStop processes function the same way as work processes An extra license is required New Functionalities AUTOFORECAST Calculates forecast data for future activities CALE_LOOK_AHEAD Retrieves the next date on the basis of Calendar conditions CHANGE_LOGGING Causes the log file of Server processes and Executors to be changed The log file can also be changed manually in the System Overview FORECAST_OBJECT Creates a forecast for the specified object FORECAST_TASK Creates a forecast for the specified task STR_SUBSTITUTE_VAR Replaces script variables with their values It can be used independently and in combination with GET_PROCESS_LINE Database Oracle version 10g is now supported DialogClient 139 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Extension
89. Delete all Server objects whose names do not start with the UC4 system name g The database user for Oracle requires additional rights For more details about these rights see Database Rights for UC4 g There is a new terminology which has impacts on the following UC4 components e DialogClient Userlnterface e UC4 WebGUI Weblnterface e Executor agent Two script elements have been renamed e REPLACE_JP_STRUCTURE REPLACE_STRUCTURE PREP_PROCESS_HOSTGROUP PREP_PROCESS_AGENTGROUP The previous spelling can still be used but UC4 recommends adjusting your scripts The new terminology also affects the UC4 ApplicationInterface The class and method names containing the previous terms have been marked deprecated Adjust your Java programs according to the new terminology The following UC4 Variables are also affected UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS 49 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A e EXECUTOR_LOG_CHANGE_PER_MINUTE AGENT_LOG_CHANGE_PER_MINUTE e HOSTGROUP_CHECK_INTERVAL AGENTGROUP_CHECK_INTERVAL UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS e MAX_DIALOG_CLIENTS MAX_USER_INTERFACES CALE_WARN_CALL_OPERATOR CALE_WARN_NOTIFICATION These four validity keywords are automatically renamed when the UC4 Database is updated g Updating a DB2 database UNIX or Windows to version 8 00A or higher requires that the UC4 Database has already been adjusted to the new schema This schema is available as of version 6 00A804 301 Without schema modifica
90. DialogClient Inputs for jobs in BS2000 OS 390 and OS 400 target systems are automatically made in the capitalization mode no matter which mode has been chosen with the caps lock key on the keyboard 187 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Executors Restart of PeopleSoft Executor implemented After a cold start the Executor can continue to monitor tasks when it was possible to determine the current task condition together with the UC4 Server SH 25974 Unicode compatible transport files for SAP version 6 10 SAP Versions 6 10 and higher offer the opportunity to use a database with Unicode The Unicode Check flag must be activated to ensure that non Unicode based transports from SAP systems work For SAP Version 6 10 and higher separate transport files with activated flags have been created SH 25644 UCA supports additional functions of the new SAP XBP 2 0 interface R3_MODIFY_VARIANT has been implemented using XBP 2 0 XBP 2 0 is available as an SAP Support Package Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 Extended script elements R3_MODIFY_VARIANT Variant modification now also via the SAP interface XBP 2 0 Extended script elements BW_GET_CHAINS New parameter ID and TEXT Process chains of the BW systems can now be selectively searched through the use of these new parameters The wildcard character can be used Interface XBP SAP Basis Release 4 0 Utilities Creation of Login objects logged duri
91. E have the same functions as SQL SQLI with the difference being that you can always use variables predefined variables or placeholders of VARA objects within the SQL statements They are not affected by the setting VAR_SECURITY_LEVEL inthe UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS There is no security risk for the database that might be caused by an SQL injection As Note that for using SQL SECURE Variable objects you need a Database Agent of version v9 SP3 or later Overwriting the attributes of RA Jobs during the activation process and on Workflow level The RA tab of RA jobs now includes the new option Request task parameters Activating this option means that a PromptSet dialog will appear when you activate the Job You use it to set or overrule the specific RA attributes parameters The new Solution tabthat is now available in the properties of Workflow tasks of RA Jobs is similar to the Job s specific RA tab You use it to change the RA attributes on Workflow level The options Task Prompts in the properties of Workflow tasks have been moved from the Variable 8 Prompts tab to theGeneral tab This has been done because the options do not only affect the PromptSets but also the parameter dialog of RA Jobs Extended rollback functions You can now roll back Workflows including their subordinate tasks In a rollback the Workflow s tasks will be processed from the end to the beginning The following new commands are available in the context menu of t
92. FC libraries version 6 40 The libraries are not reloaded as hitherto but are bound to the programm i e RFC has not to be installed during the setup This is facilitated by the installation Furthermore the RFC libraries are upward compatible compared to the SAP versions This means that the Executor has not to be exchanged if you upgrade your SAP system A Note that the performance of the script functions SYS_ACTIVE_COUNT and SYS_STATE_ JOBS_IN_GROUP has been improved This is beneficial for the database MS SQL Server and DB2 Performance improvement is especially noticeable if many of the indicated script functions are called in succession Tasks are now counted by uncommitted read which means that tasks that were not yet committed in the UC4 Database are also counted 4 An incompatible modification was made in the Host attribute WIN_TYP for Windows jobs Now the value EXTCOMPROC is to be used instead of WINBATCH When required the function GET _ ATT must be adjusted in scripts This modification also affects the script files of the utility UC4 DB Change Old and new syntax example IF GET_ATT WIN_TYP WINBATCH IF GET_ATT WIN_TYP EXTCOMPROC 4 Filter behavior in the script function PREP_PROCESS_VAR has been changed slightly Former behavior men supplied all entries also supplied all entries The latter filter specification was wrong It has been corrected New behavior men supplies all entries supplies all em
93. HERE OT_OH_lIdnr OH_Idnr and OT_Content LIKE PUT_ATT S UNION Automation Engine 30 SELECT OH_Client OH_Idnr OH_Name OT_Type OT_Lnr linenumber OT_Content line FROM OT OH WHERE OT_OH_ldnr 0H_ldnr and OT_Content LIKE PUT_ATT S Queue Groups and all their tasks that are still available in the Activity Window automatically abort during the updating process with the status FAULT_OTHER UC4 recommends ending all queues before starting the update g The values of object variables in the Variables amp Prompts tab are always retrieved from the object definition if a restart is made Previous UC4 versions retrieved the values from the task that had the reference RunID g Reports can only be sent using Notifications objects if the user has the relevant authorizations The P authorization for the corresponding object type such as JOBS and EXTREP for external job output files An update to version 9 00A automatically sets the Client Queue in all objects in which a Group has been specified as a Queue setting Execution Automatically A The start type field has been changed to Group For compatibility reasons the attribute START_TYPE is still available but UC4 recommends using the new GROUP A The QueueManager object has been renamed to RemoteTaskManager The object symbol has also been changed The new Queue object now shows the former symbol of the RemoteTaskManager A The Event History menu item has
94. HP OpenView NNM for version 7 x Windows and HP UX version 11 11 released UC4 Smart Plug In for HP OpenView Operations version 8 2 released DB2 version 8 1 OS 390 is now supported SAP Interface XBP 3 0 supported Business Objects XI R2 Crystal Reports supported SAP Adaptive Computing Controller supported UC4 Plug in for Java IDEs released Certification of the UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX for J2EE DEP 7 0 UC4 ApplicationInterface UC4 Installer for the quick installation of basic components HostGroups which combine Executors of the same platform LDAP connection for the user authentication with Microsoft Active Directory Definition of user password criteria Periodical tasks with intervals of less than a day Resource concept for Jobs and FileTransfers New graphical JobPlan view Comments for tasks Task evaluations New variable type for passing on values to child tasks Graphical display of object links Extended external JobPlan dependencies Combination of report log and trace files Cold start and system stop using the ServiceManager dialog Extended protection for the UC4 Server Increased performance when using Sync objects Monitoring of SAP Events Monitoring SAP XI communication channels Automated handling of prompts in the UC4 Executor for NSK PAM authentication for the Executor on UNIX Sun Solaris SPARC Event monitor for OS 390 Executor Extended automatic FileSystem Event for OS 390 Extended support for message classe
95. IGRATION in the INI file you can specify how the Login objects should be created e g for each platform and for each platform and Executor name Automation Engine 108 Version 3 02B AE DB Unload redesigned Additional batch parameters are now available for theunloading program which enable even easier handling Version 3 02B New message comparing program The comparing program UCCOMPMSL EXE analyzes the differences between messages of two different Automation Engine versions The program compares the message libraries of both Automation Engine versions and prints a list of all changed deleted and new messages sorted by languages Web GUI Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02B Accessing the AE system via the Internet with UC4 WebGUI With the UC4 WebGUI the AE system can be monitored and controlled with any Web browser Remote users can perform quick analyses when problems occur and take the necessary steps With the three tabs it is easily possible to access the sections Explorer Activities including messages and System Overview This service is available in the languages German English and French The look amp feel of the UC4 WebGUI is similar to the UC4 DialogClient thereby allowing for quick and simple handling The Auto Forecast functionality can also be used in the UC4 WebGUI Requirements Application Server Tomcat 4 J2EE
96. Interface usability The following new features are now available in order to facilitate easy and comfortable handling e Each window now contains its own toolbar offering the opportunity of direct access to the most important commands You can now determine in the Userlnterface s settings whether a text should be displayed in the toolbar s pushbuttons e The font size for captions shown in the Userlnterface can be specified The options Small used so far Medium and Large are available e The structure of input fields has been revised and by doing so the search function has become very easy to handle e When an object opens its object specific tabs are displayed The new standard is that only tabs which contain a value are displayed for the purpose of clarity Non displayed tabs become accessible by clicking the button e The template window from which the object type for new objects can be selected is now organized in a tree structure Different job types such as UNIX SAP or OS 390 are shown in one common node e Creating a new folder is now possible via the popup menu command New gt Folder Selecting it from the object types in the template window is still possible e Inall List Views such as UC4 Explorer or Search you can now skip to a column entry by typing the corresponding initial letter e A small arrow symbol next to the column name in List View indicates whether a column is sorted in ascending or descending ord
97. JECT deletes an existing object only Calendar and Variable Version 3 01C Automation Engine for UNIX z Linux released DialogClient Automation Engine DialogClient Executors CallAPI Service Programs DialogClient can be used for different platforms The DialogClient has been re programmed It is now a Java application Thus it can be run on all platforms for which a Java VM virtual machine is available Several AE systems can be operated with one DialogClient Any number of connections to different AE systems can be established within a DialogClient In doing so it is possible to manage and monitor a global net of AE systems only with one DialogClient Automation Engine 164 New design for the DialogClient The DialogClient has been redesigned for the new version UC4 global Regardless of the system platform you can always work with the same look amp feel Alternately users can select a platform specific design Metal or Windows DialogClient without direct database accesses The DialogClient exclusively communicates with a Automation Engine communication process No database licenses are required for the DialogClient as the AE database is not directly accessed System stability for the connection DialogClient to AE system After the DialogClient has logged on to the AE system the list of available communication processes port numbers is transferred to the program In doing so an alternative connection can quickl
98. MANAGE cul cos di tina tt dost tees Pease este elses 93 F228 CAAPI estricto 93 EPR CDG cides ht A ATT 94 E210 Integra 3 2322 a2 ohk dod el sais Sawada tao cotiidsse deer tome reeee 94 3 lmprovements esii rna Sige eee eee eh eg ee ee eek ee eas 94 7 3 1 Database 2002 22 eee 94 SN echt hima AN 94 FoS Dialoge nt eea E arc cet hoa ries tat ick Gated ae kth At 95 EOP EXC CULON AAA A E heat Shke sa 97 23 DOCUMENTATION iran Anat ln IL AeA feel ie A ds BAS A SoS ins 98 LOUIS 223 2 od a ae Rha sd eile A A o 98 PBTNNODGW ok oc ols titi ne seid E A Sek rd sata eget Seek 99 Re CAllAP mtrs tdo a 99 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 occ coccccccccnncccccccnnnccccnccnnno 100 A A E sete Sete 100 MErsion 9 02 Aviar tn te ey Io IO LOA Cas CNN SALE 100 Version 3 02B 2 0 eee 100 3 2 NOW FUNCUONS ce ues ae tice on ce ei Ee i III A he otal iN Ake 101 Database icin sot Sees eet a Sor cb 101 Automation Engine ia Ne tok aah ae Sal 101 DialogClient i2020 2 23228 e sane Sh ten Base dae ek eos da 102 Automation Engine vii ExeCutors 3 0 tite o MAN cccetets sea to EAA ET 104 UMSS e aa cea haces Saye eh tees da the sa 107 Web GU sss wae e e acne AA A a oa abs gee eis 108 External Integration cc cece cece cece cece cece ceeceeceeceecectccecetecnccccccceceees 108 8 3 Improvement ida 109 Automation Engine 22 2222 cece cece cece cece cece cece ccc cece cece eee e eee cnn cnn nn 109 DialogClient cc 110 A aR nO 114 WIKIES lt
99. Manual and Release Notes can now be removed from the HTML help and the WebHelp You can now decide whether the entire UC4 Documentation a version without the Administrator Manual and or the Modification Archive should be available for users Detailed instructions about removing these parts of the UC4 Documentation are found in the installation instructions of the UC4 Documentation Extended search The search result output was extended The column location now contains the document title as well as the main chapter of which it is part such as User Manual UC4 Script or Sample Collection 93 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A Description of XML files of objects The chapter Inside UC4 now comprehensively describes the XML files required for object imports and exports The individual elements and attributes including their allowed values are explained in detail The documents also include links to the corresponding tabs 7 2 6 Utilities Open Interface to Output Management Systems Execution and report data of jobs and file transfers can now be exported to files Report contents and information such as object names retum codes and starting times are then available The utility UC4 DB Archive facilitates this data to be exported It can also be directly accessed via the database table The logging of report data can be activated by setting the validity keyword XRO_REPORTS in the variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS to Y Data can then be un
100. NNECT_INTERVAL Extended Functionalities R3_GET_SESSIONS The new optional parameter NOFOUND provides the opportunity of reaction if no batch input sessions can be found Automation Engine 148 Improved login verification P With the newly added parameter login_check you can define whether or not the passwords of Login objects for Jobs and FileTransfers should be checked The logical name can now be defined P So far the logical name was composed of UC4_UC4 System name_Executor name _ Executor If one VMS computer used two Executors of the same name update that were assigned to UC4 systems problems were possible Now a logical name can be defined for each Executor with the parameter uc4_logical Utilities Start parameters are displayed in the log file A log file now additionally shows the parameters used for starting the utility Searching for data records across clients With the Archive Browser you can view archived data records of a particular client or a particular archiving run with filter criteria Now you can also search across clients by specifying the main archive folder Limiting dates and times now possible Various formats are available to output dates and times Now you can limit the number of permitted formats If a non predefined value is entered a corresponding message is displayed Specify permitted formats in the INI file of the archiving program with the parameter DateTimeFormat 4 digit client num
101. NS Server Domain Name System Directory Service File Replication Service or DNS Server can be selected from the protocol list in the Console tab JCL of a job can be displayed and changed The JCL of a job that is displayed in the activation window can be displayed and changed using the command Open generated job The display of job attributes will be realized in one of the coming versions New functions for editing JobPlans Changes in a JobPlan can now be canceled or repeated for up to 5 steps The appropriate commands are provided in the Edit menu of the DialogClient These functions can also be called through key combination shortcuts By moving the mouse it is possible to draw a frame around several objects and make multiple selections By clicking with the CTRL key pressed it is also possible to select several objects This multiple selection allows e g block by block moving of objects Drag and drop of several objects simultaneously into the JobPlan makes object transfer easier New week view in the calendar Until now the week view was only able to display calendar weeks in a vertical spacing format stacked downwards Now the week view can also be displayed horizontally Weekdays are arranged in a horizontal spacing format as in MS Outlook for example This view is most often used in the USA Standard calendar view preference can be set in the TimeZone Calendar tab of the Settings dialog This dialog can be called using the
102. OLIDAYS TUR The following keywords of the Calendar UC_HOLIDAYS CAN have been renamed e FAMILY DAY PROVINCIAL ALBERTA to FAMILY_DAY e DISCOVERY DAY YUKON to DISCOVERY_DAY_YT Userlnterface New look and feel A new interface design default design is now also available for the look and feel of UCA version 8 00A classic design New Workflow design A new Workflow view is available The edges of the task boxes are rounded The connection lines are curved and make it easier to see the tasks that are connected Extended Activity Window e Host type selection is possible e Usage of negative filters option NOT in the activity selection 41 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Extended Selective Statistics Statistical records can be selected according to host types Extensions in object naming and storing e The dialog window in which the object name can be entered New object Rename now includes the additional text field Title e Title assignment for folders object type FOLD As in all other objects this title is displayed in the UC4 Explorer s column Title e Integration of the function Save as which can be used to store objects in any folder with a different name similar to the function Duplicate This function is available through the toolbar of objects Several columns in Variable objects The number of columns in static Variable objects which store values has been changed Five different values c
103. OR is still valid A The new 8 00A SAP agent requires at least one Connection object instead of the ERP_LOGIN Refer to the new and adjusted installation steps As the agent object already exists you can immediately select the required Connection objects A The parameter verify in the INI file of SAP agents is no longer supported Instead use the parameter VERIFY in the functionR3_MODIFY_VARIANTto specify whether variant modification should be checked A UC4 Connect for SAP Monitoring functionalityis now provided in the SAP agent A Multiline values must not be used are not allowed for the parameter VALUE in the JCL element JMX_COMPOSITE_ADD A As of version 8 00A 119 211 the executable files of the BS2000 agent are supplied in the x xxx UCX2 LIB library The file that is used to start the BS2000 CallAPI is provided in the existing x xxx UCXBB2 C LIB library as of this hotfix level 34 Infinitive loops can even better be identified as of version 8 00A Infinite repetitions of the subordinate tasks of activated objects are now also checked A subordinate task that activates itself is considered an infinite loop Q Encryption and authentication mechanisms have been extended While updating the UC4 Database the utility UC4 DB Load displays a mask in which an authentication method must be selected UC4 strongly recommends reading the document that describes how to useAdvanced Securitybefore starting the updating process Q An
104. P Jobs The new privilege Edit SAP Intercept Table can be used in the Form tabof SAP Jobs Parameter for establishing a connection In the configuration file of the SAP CallAPI you can specify an interval in seconds after which the system tries to connect to the SAP system by using the parameter SAP _ RECONNECT_INTERVAL Extended Functionalities R3_GET_SESSIONS The new optional parameter NOFOUND provides the opportunity of reaction if no batch input sessions can be found Automation Engine 116 Version 3 02B Improved login verification P With the newly added parameter login_check you can define whether or not the passwords of Login objects for Jobs and File Transfers should be checked Version 3 02B The logical name can now be defined P So far the logical name was composed of UC4_UC4 System name_Executor name _ Executor If one VMS computer used two Executors of the same name update that were assigned to AE systems problems were possible Now alogical namecan be defined for each Executor with the parameter uc4_logical Utilities Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities ServiceManager Documentation Version 3 02B Start parameters are displayed in the log file A log file now additionally shows the parameters used for starting the utility Version 3 02B Searching for data records across clients With the Archive Browser you can view archived data records of a particular client or a particula
105. P agent can establish several connections to one or even several SAP systems If the connection which is required for the job start is not available the job obtains the status Active previously Waiting for host In remote status the Detail Window shows Waiting for remote system This is an incompatible modification which affects runtime monitoring because the job now immediately obtains the status Active g It is no longer possible to store the SAP agent s connection parameters to the SAP system in the file SAPRFC INI They are now stored in the new Connection objects g One column of the table XRO which is used for theOpen Interface to Output Management systems has been removed XRO_RH_ldnr for the internal report number is no longer available You can now access a particular report by using the corresponding task s RunID XRO_AH_ldnr and the report type XRO_RType It is required to adjust the UC4 DB Archive call because the start parameter R no longer assigns the report number but the task s RunID g Note that using an Oracle database in combination with an Oracle INSTANT client is only possible with particular client versions for different platforms The platforms including the corresponding INSTANT client version numkers are available in the installation documentation Requirements Checklist g In version 8 00A the names of some names of some supplied files have been changed to lower case letters In version 6 00A these we
106. P etc The Host Attributes tab where the target system could be changed does no longer exist Tabs bear the name of the operating system or application Graphical interface for creating and administering SAP jobs SAP jobs can be created and administered with a graphical interface the ERP forms These are displayed in the Forms tab Definitions made in these forms are converted to SAP JCL script elements with all their parameters and stored in AE Script Stop and go for complete Groups Schedules and JobPlans Groups Schedules and JobPlans including all their subordinate tasks can be stopped and restarted The commands Stop recursive and Go recursive are available in these tasks context menus Asynchronous JobPlan processing possible JobPlan tasks can be defined without linking them to predecessors and or successors In doing so tasks can start or end asynchronously For example if a task has no predecessor it starts together with the JobPlan unless other properties have been defined If a task is not linked to the JobPlan s END box JopPlan processing does not depend on the end of this particular task which makes a difference if this JobPlan is part of another JobPlan The superordinate JobPlan continues processing as soon as the sub JobPlan s processing has reached the END box Defining JobPlan tasks as inactive Tasks within a JobPlan can be defined as being inactive In doing so a task can remain in the JobPlan without being exe
107. Plan properties this could bring about that the task ignored all the specified Calendar conditions S 43831 Error in the version control of imported objects The Export Import process overwrote the version control object and the last version of the object was wiped out S 45146 Executors FileTransfers aborted Transfers of text files were occasionally aborted when the files were larger than 4 6 MB depending on line lengths SH45116 Error with Jobs including SYNC Different blocking of reports lead to compulsory traces and missing parts of the activation log S 45090 SAP spools were immediately printed with R3_SET_PRINT_DEFAULTS SAP spools were immediately printed although the opposite had been defined in the corresponding parameters S 45138 Automation Engine 160 Sporadic stop of BW Jobs BW jobs erroneously reported ENDED_LOST when the Executor lost the connection to the SAP system due to network problems if a LOST CONNECTION message had been sent while trying to reestablish the connection S 45155 UC4 Jobs on UNIX Executors were not ended Jobs that had already ended in SAP were still displayed as active in UC4 The corresponding end message was only sent much later S 45127 S 45203 Huge workload on UC4 Executors for AIX and Solaris Jobs with a long runtime required much CPU time S 45424 S 44983 Termination of the connection to the UC4 Server The connection check to the UC4 Server was adjusted in order to avoi
108. Schedules was not overridden It is possible to specify an individual runtime supervision for tasks in JobPlans and Schedules It overrides the settings specified in the object itself This individual runtime supervision is now activated when the task is being restarted The minimum runtime however will only be checked if no restart point was set S 36206 Value of AUTO_DEACT_DELAY could not be assigned with the script variable PUTT_ ATT When setting the attribute AUTO_DEACT_ DELAY with the script element PUT_ATT no script variable could be used so far Example PUT_ATT AUTO DEACT DELAY amp x S 36365 Crash of UC4 Server when shutting down When shutting down from UNIX Sun Solaris no Loscon lost connection TCP IP is sent This causes the work processes to wait for a ping response without result None of them take over the role of the primary work process This malfunction has been corrected with a Timeout function S 38323 Deactivation of sub file transfers When deactivating an active file transfer with wildcard characters all the file transfers assigned to it are also deactivated S 38205 Wrong time displayed The client settings can also be used for activating the version management So far the duplicated object versions did not show the time stamp of the client s time zone This missing time conversion also affected the messages displayed in the System Overview S 32093 S 38763 File transfers were not aborted
109. T TYPE e SYS_ACT PARENT NAME e SYS ACT PARENT NR e SYS_ACT PARENT TYPE Parameter for Object Type is optional The 10 digit RUN clearly identifies a task The RUN is no longer assigned to a certain object type within a number pool This concerns the following script elements e ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT e CANCEL_UC_OBJECT e GET_PARENT_NAME e GET PARENT NR e GET PARENT TYPE e GET_UC_OBJECT_NR e GET_UC_OBJECT_STATUS e MODIFY_UC_OBJECT e PREP_PROCESS_REPORT e TOGGLE OBJECT STATUS Version 3 01B Event with Start after scheduled time is also analyzed at Automation Engine start It is possible to define for an event whether it is to be executed or not when it is started after the scheduled execution time This definition in the Event tab is now also taken into account when AE has been inactive for some time All events for which execution time has then passed and for which the Execute option is activated are executed with Automation Engine start Expanded script elements 173 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 New attributes for events of the Console event type Access to additional event viewer logs of the Windows server is supported The DIRECTORY _ SERVICE DNS_SERVER and FILE_REPLICATION_SERVER event attributes can be read and set with the script elements GET_ATT and PUT_ATT Version 3 01C Implementation of new licensing The licensing method and license structure have been changed Licenses are now supplied as files
110. UC4 ApplicationInterface has been extended for the class ReloadNextTurnaround It replaces the method setReloadNextTurnaround of the class Schedule Adjust your Java programs accordingly Further details about this new class is provided in the Javadoc g For SAP agents the script functionSYS_HOST_ALIVEdoes not retrieve information about an SAP system s availability anymore It only provides information that an SAP agent is active or not Use the new parameter in SYS_HOST_ALIVE to retrieve information about the system s availability g The type of SAP jobs can no longer be specified in the Job object s SAP tab Instead it can be selected in the template window when creating a newSAP job g The connection to the SAP system in the Forms tab is now established via the SAP agent User name password and client are taken from the Connection object for ABAP Basis It is no Automation Engine 50 g longer possible for users to log on to any SAP system or client via a login mask in the Forms tab Also the Forms tab can only be used in offline mode if you select an SAP agent of version 6 00A in the SAP job g So far Server and agent have written messages to the activation report ACT of SAP jobs This has been changed the new report type agent log PLOG is now available for messages logged by the agent Adjust your scripts as shown below for reading the activation report of SAP jobs SET amp HND PREP_PROCESS_REPORT ACT g An SA
111. You can use a UserInterface of version 8 00A in combination with a UC4 Server of version 6 00A Note that you cannot modify active ProcessFlows in this case A The Executors for MPE and the Unix platforms IRIX NCR and SINIX are no longer supported However you can use the Executors of these operating systems of UC4 version 6 00A in your 8 00A UC4 system The latest 6 00A hotfix version is required for the corresponding Executor A DB2 requires tablespaces with 8 and 32KB and one with 16KB The script statement PUT_ATT now rejects blanks in the attributes FT_SRC_FILE source file in FileTransfers and FT_DST_FILE destination file in FileTransfers Script lines as shown below abort the task at runtime PUT_ATT FT_SRC_FILE PUT_ATT FT_DST_FILE Search the scripts in your objects and either specify a valid file or delete the script line as otherwise tasks can abort A The attribute EVENT_SUB_TYPE of FileSystem objects has been renamed to EVENT_ CHECK_METHODY1 The old name is still supported but UCA stronlgy recommends adjusting your scripts Automation Engine 52 A The Access database UC97 mdb which contains the structural description of the UC4 Database has been converted to Access version 2003 Its new name is UC2003 mdb and it is available under IMAGE DB _STRUCTURE ACCESS A Modified script statements ADD_ATT and REMOVE_ATT the parameter OPERATOR has been renamed to RECIPIENT For compatibility reasons OPERAT
112. _BACK e Activity Window The new Rollback button in the toolbar e Context menu of the Workflow monitor and the Activity Window New Rollback command New states e ENDED _ROLLBACKED 1904 e ENDED _ROLLBACK_EMPTY 1913 e FAULT_CUSTOM_BACKUP 1825 e FAULT_CUSTOM_ROLLBACK 1827 e FAULT_FILE_BACKUP 1826 e FAULT_FILE_ROLLBACK 1828 e FAULT _HOSTGROUP_ROLLBACK 1829 e Custom backup 1557 e Custom rollback 1650 e File backup 1558 e File rollback 1651 New predefined variable e amp RUNMODE Deployment You can run Deployment processes that are defined in the UC4 Release Manager separate product by using Workflows of the UC4 Automation Platform Doing so requires the Workflows to be defined in the newDeployment tab TheGeneral tab which is available in the properties of Workflow tasks now includes the new option Run per patch Q You can also define Deployment Workflows using the UC4 Enterprise Control Center s new Process Assembly perspective Note that the Deployment tab and the option Run per patch are only displayed if the client s Deployment function is activated in the new setting DEPLOYMENT_CLIENT UC_CLIENT_ SETTINGS Automation Engine 22 New script elements e PUBLISH Defines script variables and arrays as object variables CREATE_PROCESS Creates a new data sequence e GET_PROCESS_INFO Retrieves information of a data sequence e GET_PUBLISHED_VALUE Retrieves the value of a certain tas
113. _CREATE_VARIANT Creates a new variant XBP 2 0 or later SAP Release 4 6 is required PAM authentication for the UC4 Executor on UNIX Sun Solaris SPARC P Login data for Jobs and FileTransfers which is stored in Login objects can now also be checked using Pluggable Authentication Modules PAM This new function is available on Sun Solaris and requires the adjustment of two parameters in the Executor s INI file MISC authentification PAM PAM Libname libpam so Without PAM login data is still authenticated via system calls 6 2 5 Documentation Documentation broadened by a glossary A glossary is now part of the UC4 Documentation This collection contains and explains the most frequently used UC4 specific terms Extended chapter UC4 and SAP The chapter UC4 and SAP in the Knowledge Base has been extended It now lists all ways of using UC4 in an SAP system Scroll through this chapter to get detailed information about the many areas which UC4 can control and monitor Automation Engine 78 New chapter Application Integration and improved structure in table of contents The UC4 Documentation keeps on growing In order to keep a clear structure existing documents need to be restructured and new documents be included Therefore the Table of Contents has been changed as follows e The new manual Application Integration is available It contains descriptions of UC4 components which can be used to monitor and control proces
114. a Note that the conversion process may take some time depending on the database size Reorganize your data including reports before you start the updating process because doing so reduces the time that is involved UC4 recommends testing the conversion of the production database in a test environment in order to obtain reference values concerning runtimes and disk space Select from the following options e Update the database without converting reports e Convert the reports during the updating process Note that this procedure takes some time depending on the amount of data that is involved and that your system is offline during this time e Convert the reports after the update installation only possible for MS SQL Server and Oracle UC4 recommends contacting your database administrator for more information about the database specific points of the update installation g UC4 Server UC4 SNMP Subagent and utilities are now only available for 64 bit platforms g The utilities and the Userlnterface require at least Java 1 6 and the Java based agents JMX Database SAP require at least Java 1 5 g The utility UC4 DB Load now checks whether all Server processes share the same UC4 system name such as UC4PROD WP00 1 If not the loading process is canceled Thus the UC4 Database can only be updated to the new version if all Server processes share the same UC4 system name Log on to system client 0000 and search for Server objects
115. a dts A aa Cote Be 43 SONICO Pack decrease eh echo 45 Service Pack Bo 45 Selvice Pack ZFS woven ss dh a CU a ld ota r te 45 4 2 2 Bug Fixes ooo cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee e cece eeeeeeeeteeeenees 46 422 3 KNOW ISSUES cw utes ws Aerts wind bean I be da tos A hak td 46 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A 47 Automation Engine v DAWMIGHIIGNIS 20 02 das decora rial omer 47 5 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation oooooooccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccoo 47 9 2 NOW EUNCUONS gt oas oes ere nil oe Behe sol irte sl ETENE 53 O92 Databases e tery bo ht dos Co Rae ee dais e dl 55 AS LS ce hh ict th RA A AS RN Shed SONS S dd 55 EI AAA A A koe tm ade 55 DZ A AGOIMNS c2 52 cinema e eae es ath de nhs Seika ach 56 5 2 5 Documentation on 59 5 2 6 UC4 SNMP Subagent 0000 e cece eeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 5 2 7 Integration 2 2 2 c cece cece conc 60 S IMProvements octets rte do AIMS dae a ds GAN Ee Joh Siete oe Sle a 61 0 9 1 Database RER tise acl el rie 61 ERE Fa BY E SR EI SE POLE eae TE 61 9 3 3 Userlntenace A anes Doe Sects A dad vk oats ceed vend TES 62 A RRE 62 Soo DOCU o Le 62 OUT irc 63 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A o ooooccoccccccccccccccccccccccccccccnnncccnncncnnnnncnnnnnoo 64 6 1 Highlights o oocccccccccccccc ccoo cocos 64 6 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation 00 0 ccc ccccccccccccccceccececcecceteeecetees 65 6 2 New FUNCONS 5 202 states Eto tibias Oa piao tasa
116. al database the UC4 Database other Variable objects or the directory of the agent computer In this case the Variable is referred to as a dynamic variable You can still enter values in Variable objects manually or by using script static variable The data source determines whether a Variable is dynamic or static The source is determined when the Variable object is created and cannot be changed subsequently TheVariable tabeither includes a value table static variables or the settings for the dynamic retrieval of values The Attributes tab now includes several settings output format min max value etc During the transports and imports of Variable objects of previous versions source static these are automatically converted to the new data types Conditions for Workflow tasks You can now define conditions which will be checked before and or after the execution of Workflow tasks Use the newPreconditions and Postconditions tabs which are available in the task properties for this purpose If conditions apply the corresponding statements are processed e g an object starts if a task ends with a particular status Else links can also be created and you can even change how often a block is checked Once Always Deactivate 35 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Using system values and object attributes in scripts and other attributes Several values canbe defined at runtime via pre defined variablesin attribu
117. alendar conditions The date supplied by this script function is now shown either in the default format or in the format that has been defined in the first parameter IMPORT imports objects from an XML file A new parameter is available which allows the ability to keep existing folder links ON_ERROR determines the relation to particular errors or messages of script elements This script element can now also be used for SYS_SERVER_ALIVE PUT_READ_BUFFER stores names and contents of script variables in the input buffer In addition to assigning script literals it is now also possible to assign the content of a script variable to another one DialogClient Automation Engine 158 Search extended for Variable objects The Search function in the DialogClient now also includes validity keywords and contents of Variable objects Executors Optimized communication with the UC4 Server The communication of the MPE Executor to the UC4 Server has been optimized Now even more Jobs can be started at a time SAP application server output with R3_SWITCH_OPMODE The names of the SAP application servers that should be switched are now also included in the activation report Utilities Particular data of the system client 0000 are migrated Users user groups hosts and the password container of system client 0000 can now also be converted with the Migration Tool This also includes the creation of the ERP _ LOGIN Enter 0 in both fields in
118. ally that inactive tasks of Schedules were set active SH 39151 External Integration Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities External Integration Version 3 02B Automation Engine 128 Several alerts although status remained unchanged When changes are made in blocked Jobs the MIB table is always completely recreated It occurred occasionally that the table was read during this recreation time and some Jobs marked blocked in Patrol agent could not be found anymore Although still being blocked they were considered not blocked which caused several alerts A counter has therefore been specified in the Tuning menu of system objects It determines the number of query poll cycles resulting in no output about the blocked Job Only when the job remains in the same status n times an alert will be created This setting however is only useful when a very low value has been specified for the polling intervals 8 5 Release Notes Version 3 02A 8 5 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections e Executor for PeopleSoft Version 8 4 released e Executor for OS 400 released e New System Overview e UC4 Explorer with three new functions e Structured Documentation with supporting Script elements e Version Control for objects e New and extended Script elements New variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT in the system client e Output of detail text of SAP messages Notes for the Update Installation Whe
119. alue ranging from 0 to 999999999 You can also specify that the number of tasks is not monitored The script elements SET_UC_ SETTING and GET _ UC_SETTING both use the value UNLIMITED in these cases Sync object check after a cold start After a cold start of the Server processes all tasks that are in the condition Waiting for Sync are checked and then continued New start parameters for the AE SNMP subagent for UNIX Linux The following parameters can be set X Starting the agent with agentx support The following parameters can be used if the subagent is started without the parameter x i file Path of the subagent s configuration file s file Snmptrap command of the ucd snmp package Extended Functionality CREATE_OBJECT MODIFY_OBJECT and REMOVE_OBJECT In addition to the objects Variable and Calendar Login objects can now also be handled with these script functions DialogClient Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities Service Manager Documentation Version 3 02A Warnings in the Message Window colored blue The Message Window displays all important information of the AE system General information is displayed in black Error messages are highlighted in red due to their significance to the system Additionally warnings are now highlighted in blue Priority change of active tasks The Activity Window has been extended for the function Modify AE priority It can be called through t
120. am particular UC4 system clients can now also be checked To do so the program is called up with the C parameter and client number Analysis for system client 0000 is always an additional task The file name of the file generated by the check program contains the checked client e g output_c02_030317_133707 html If the C parameter has not been specified all clients are checked as before 9 6 4 Corrections Highlights New_Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Database Initial data errors ATTRDIA SAP and ATTRDIA SAPBW The system client 0000 Includes for SAP job attribute dialogs contained incorrect host type definitions This had the effect that it was only possible to execute jobs for SAP Executors but not for SAP BW Executors and only the SAP Executors were offered for selection in an attribute dialog S 25463 Errors in the initial data 2 holiday calendar Inthe holiday calendars supplied with the initial data in the system client some holiday assignments were missing There was no calendar content at all for Malaysia Hong Kong Singapore and Australia S 25778 25771 UC4 Server New task start time incorrectly saved in the schedule If atask s start time was changed in a schedule the new start time was not converted into UTC It was erroneously saved in local time 189 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 No license for event functionality with Executors of license class V The standard event functi
121. ameter MERGE is now available in the SAP script element R3_ MODIFY_VARIANT Use this to determine whether non defined variant parameters should be kept YES or reset to a blank value NO By default this script element does not change non defined fields same behavior as in previous versions When you specify MODE APPEND the parameter MERGE is automatically always YES Ay This parameter is available as of SAP Note 1702115 R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT and R3_SET_PRINT_DEFAULTS New Print Parameters The following new optional print parameter are available in R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT and R3_SET_PRINT_DEFAULTS SUPPRESS_SHADING Suppresses colors and shades WITH_STRUCTURE Includes structured information DEFAULT_SPOOL_SIZE Limits line width to 255 characters PRINTER_MAIL_ADDRESS The address of an email printer e SPOOL_PAGE_FROM The page from which to start printing e SPOOL_PAGE_TO The page until which to print The UCA Interface is no longer required for the following parameters e TEXTONLY FRAMES A Note that the above parameters can only be used with a specific SAP version or higher SAP Note 1678864 provides further details about this BW_ACTIVATE_INFOPACKAGES New Parameter LOG With this new optional parameter you can print the log messages of InfoPackages to the job report For compatibility reasons the default setting for these messages is that they are not logged BW_GET_INFOPACKAGES New Parameter JOB_STATUS
122. an external system application platform and an AE system e RA Solution A solution that is based on the Rapid Automation Technology that allows the AE to access an external system application platform The RA Solution is supplied as a JAR file that must be loaded to the AE database and connected with an RA agent The specific RA objects such as Jobs Connections Agent are available in the AE system as soon as the solution has been loaded e Rapid Automation A generic technology that can include various solutions ls composed of an RA Agent and an RA Solution e Release Manager Deprecated Term Replaced by Application Release Automation Release Notes Release Notes contain information about highlights new functions improvements and corrections for various versions and releases of the Automic procuct family e Release Orchestrator The Application Release Automation is split into the two products Release Orchestrator and Deployment Manager The Release Orchestrator can be used to manage release plans and release content for single or multiple application releases etc e RemoteTaskManager It monitors and controls external Jobs that were not started by the Automation Engine A particular AE object type e Response Service A service which is able to respond send information back to other systems in contrast to the Action service most of its configuration has to be done manually in advance e Rule Editor An editor for lt Rules
123. an now be stored per key Improved navigation in reports that include several blocks Inthe report dialog you can now directly access the individual pages blocks of large reports Doing so is possible because block numbers are displayed Agents Commands The supplied SAVF file now includes programs and commands that can be used to start or end the Agent in a quick and easy way The message library can newly be generated by using commands from an IFS path For further information about the new commands see KnowledgeBase Improved transfer of spool lists The following improvements have been made in combination with the XBP interface version 3 0 1 1 Spool lists are transferred block by block The block size can be changed in the Connection object new field Block size in KB for Spool lists in the RFC tab Interfaces BC XBP Doing so increases the performance of the data transfer R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL e The parameters FORMAT not PDF SPOOLNR and PAGES can now also be used with the standard interface e FORMAT has been extended for the values PDF BIN and RAW e The spool list can now even be retrieved if the Jobs have already been deleted setting Delete job in CCMS after completion in the UC4 Job object and NAME and JOBCOUNT have not been specified Documentation Automation Engine 42 Simplified functional differences between UC4 and standard interface JCL elements including the parameters of the standard interface can
124. and always checks these options and tasks that include the definition Deactivate Never will not be deactivated The commands Deactivate and Deactivate forced always deactivate workflows including their subordinate tasks Time delayed automatic deactivation is now specified in minutes previously in days Values in the database are converted automatically during update Tasks can now also be deactivated via script The new script element DEACTIVATE _ UC_OBJECT is available for this purpose Preventing Multiple Restarts Tasks can only be restarted once their previous restart has finished You cannot restart tasks while there is still an active restart instance Workflow tasks Preconditions and the Value OWN for Agents Previously an error occurred when the conditions of the Preconditions tab were being processed if e the value OWN was set in the condition for an agent using the task s agent e the workflow task was generated at runtime and e the task ran in an AgentGroup This has been changed the condition no longer fails but uses the AgentGroup s first active agent Restarting Tasks with SYNC Object Conditions The Sync object will no longer be checked in restarted tasks that include SYNC object conditions when no abend action has been defined in the Sync tab The Sync object will be checked as usual when one or several abend actions were defined before the task was restarted Automation Engine 12 Login o
125. and secure manner The agents now take over tasks thereby reducing the Automation Engine s workload Increased speed and transmission security New option for partially qualified FileTransfers Abort at first error File Transfer tab Sending Agent now solves the complete File Transfer order Each FileTransfer has its own connection File attributes are now supported NSK z OS OS 400 Windows BS2000 FileTransfers are handled in threads OS 400 Unix Windows z OS or processes NSK Original attributes can be passed on to the target file Extended wildcard usage several variable placeholders can be used for the destination Agents create the target directories if not exists independent of the option Include sub directories Unicode files are supported The limitation of 31k for the record length has been removed No file size limit in early UC4 Versions around 2GB per file File names can be up to 512 bytes long UNIX FileTransfers run under the user specified in the Login object Synchronous Asynchronous transmission can be set in the UC_HOSTCHAR _ DEFAULT settings FT_ASYNC_QUIT Nagle algorithm for FileTransfers can be disabled in the Agent s INI file parameter tcp_nodelay The old FileTransfer protocol up to version 8 00A will be used for compatibility reasons if at least one of the participating agents is of version 8 00A or before Selecting an RA Solution in an AgentGroup In AgentGroups you can now a
126. asks can be executed at the same time Allowed values range from 0 99999 0 is the default value and includes that there is no limitation on the number of tasks running simultaneously Script editor with syntax coloring Processing instructions stored in AE Script are analyzed syntactically when being entered and displayed in colors Script statements script functions JCL or comments can therefore be distinguished more easily Extensive AE Scripts appear more clearly structured Automatic deactivation of FileTransfers Jobs and JobPlans FileTransfers Jobs and JobPlans can be deactivated automatically after their execution The Attributes tab contains the information whether this task must never be deactivated deactivated after an error free execution deactivated after an error free restart or always be deactivated Jobs and FileTransfers use Login objects Jobs and FileTransfers now refer to Login objects where the login data for target systems is defined In Jobs Login objects are assigned in the Attributes tab in FileTransfers in the FileTransfer tab During migration from Automation Engine version 2 6 to 3 0 existing login information is converted to Login objects Jobs and FileTransfers can be processed with CodeTables Jobs and FileTransfers can use explicitly indicated CodeTables The character set conversion of JCL reports and transferred data is based upon these code tables If no code table has been defined in the Job s Attribu
127. assword Inthe User tab of the User object it is now possible to activate the option Password had to change for next logon without having previously set a value in the variable UC_ CLIENT_SETTINGS with MAX_PASSWORD_AGE Extended script elements Automation Engine 132 DISCONNECT Disconnects the connection to Executors With this Script statement you can disconnect connections of one user or all users of a user group to the UC4 system Additionally it is now possible to disconnect connections to Executors PREP_PROCESS_VAR Two new parameters to filter entries In addition to the variable name you can now also specify filters for the validity key and content DialogClient Warnings in the Message Window colored blue The Message Window displays all important information of the UC4 system General information is displayed in black Error messages are highlighted in red due to their significance to the system Additionally warnings are now highlighted in blue Priority change of active tasks The Activity Window has been extended for the function Modify UC4 priority It can be called through the context menu of active tasks A window opens in which the task s UC4 priority can be changed Earliest starting point displayed in the details If an Earliest start time is entered in the Earliest tab of an object in a JobPlan this time is displayed in the JobPlan and in the details Extension of the Detail Window for additional S
128. ation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities Service Manager Documentation Version 3 02B New chapter Inside UC4 The Automation Engine Documentation now includes the new chapter Inside UC4 It includes background information about the following topics e Multi Server Operation e Executing Objects e AE priority e Cache Usage e JobPlan Logic e Schedule Logic e Using TimeZones in UC4 e Logical Date e Runtime New chapter Sample Collection This chapter providesexamples for the various ways of using script elements Each example is explained in detail and includes screenshots showing the results Improved script manual The following improvements were made in the documents describing the script elements Each script element now contains a list of links to similar functions and statements e Inthe syntax description the obligatory parameters are displayed in colors e The script examples are shown in the same colors as in the DialogClient Improved table of contents Some chapters of the Automation Engine Documentation above all in the Administrator Manual were renamed and restructured and information can be accessed as quickly and easily as possible The basic structure however remained unchanged so that existing users can use the documentation as always Extended migration chapter The newly added Migration Guide provides information about the migration process and all the appendant tasks 119 Chapter 8 R
129. ation file login_dat xml can be specified with the parameter O Additional column Connections in the System Overview The category Servers now also shows the number of connections users and Executors to each communication process Number of used DialogClient licenses The category Licenses of the System Overview now also displays all DialogClient licenses that are used New design for the Detail Window Detailed information about objects is now listed in groups which allows for keeping a clear overview although the number of attributes is increasing If the object includes a Sync an extra tab within the Detail Window provides the corresponding Sync information Additionally the Detail Window is now also available in Forecasts and Auto Forecasts Extended System Overview The category Client is no longer only displayed in the System Overview of system client 0000 but also in the overview of the clients 1 9999 This category includes information about the individual clients More detailed print output of the JobPlan When printing a JobPlan the diagram now also includes the names of the tasks and the Executors and the times Executors Modifiable name for the default Login object ERP_LOGIN The name of the Login object which contains the login information for Enterprise Business Solutions and the Email connection of the UNIX Executor can be specified in the Executors host characteristics UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR_ with
130. ava Application Interface uc4 jar This means that the Automation Engine will only respond to an ExecuteObject request when all prompts have been filled with values Please refer to the supplied example zip file for an example code ExecuteWithPrompt java A In the script element GET_LOGIN UC4 has implemented a security function that verifies that the login information derives from a backend system Otherwise an error will occur The login information of agents cannot and must not be read using this script element SAP agent Adjustable encoding for the output files of SAP elements You can now determine an encoding such as UTF 8 for the output files of all SAP elements that create an output file parameter FILE You use the new optional parameter ENCODING for this purpose When you do not specify this parameter the system will by default use ISO 8859 1 for the encoding as in previous versions The parameter ENCODING can also be created in the Userlnterface by using the Forms tab An input assistent is available and lists the supported encodings All SAP elements are affected that have the parameter FILE These are e BW_GET_CHAINS e R3_GET_APPLICATIONLOG e R3_GET_INTERCEPTION e R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL e R3_GET_JOBS e R3_GET_MONITOR e R3_GET_SESSIONS e R3_GET_SYSTEMLOG Service Pack 4 A Service Pack 4 includes database modifications A The classes CallOperator ExecutorList and ExecutorListltem have been removed fr
131. been renamed to ABAP Event History in the SAP Console Event setting Data source Q The Values tab of executable objects has been extended It is now possible to select PromptSet objects whose input prompt is displayed during the activation process The corresponding tab has been renamed to Variables amp Prompts and displays with a new symbol Q The Checkpoint tab that is available in the properties of Workflows has been renamed to General 3 Notification object The Attach reports from field in theNotification tab includes the new option Source You can use it in order to determine whether the database s default reports the output files or both should be sent O Note that the CLIENT_QUEUE object in lt No Folder gt is automatically created when a new client is created It cannot be deleted Q In order to access external job outputs users require the new EXTREP right After an update users of previous UC4 versions who have all rights for all objects table in all columns are also authorized to use the external job output function Q The validity keyword column in Variable objects has been renamed to key Q Regardless of the interface used the message type of Job reports in SAP will now always be shown example S516 Job started Script g As of version 9 00A you can no longer use a CallAPI to restart a stopped client script element TOGGLE_SYSTEM_STATUS Explanation CallAPIs also need an active Queue new
132. bers required for logon This utility displays clients that have a four digit client number assigned You cannot log on to other clients for creating objects and processing tasks or copying and deleting clients For clients still bearing the default names e g CLIENT NEW 1 a warning appears in the log file Additionally start parameters are now available for starting this utility in batch mode 149 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 New database parameter in the INI file P The INI file now contains the new entry CommitCount which you can use to specify the number of data records after which database commit is performed When 0 is used a commit is made after each record Extended functional range With the unloading program all objects of a client or of the whole UC4 system can be directly unloaded and do not have to be moved to the Transport Case before Additionally archiving and reorganization flags can be reset in this utility ServiceManager Delayed services are shown in the log file In the properties of each individual service you can enter an interval for delaying its start This information service and time is now also written to the log file with message number U0022035 Documentation New chapter Inside UC4 The UC4 Documentation now includes the new chapter Inside UCA It includes background information about the following topics e Multi Server Operation e Executing objects e UC4 Priority e Cache Usa
133. bject Selecting the RA Solution In Login objects the column Type now lists the names of all loaded RA Solutions The value CIT is no longer available In the login entries of RA agents you can now select the relevant RA Solution as the type A Note that CIT type login entries will not automatically be adjusted when you update your system Extended Functionality ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT To define a maximum runtime for the started object The task will abort and or a new task will start when the specified time is exceeded Activity Window Grouping several restarts of the same task Forthe sake of a clearer overview all the restarts of a task will now be grouped together in the Activity Window The last task restart represents the main node When you expand this you will see all the task s previous restart runs provided that they have not yet been deactivated Task grouping is only available in the hierarchical view of the Activity Window SAP Forms Script Element Names Now Displayed in Selection Menu The Forms tabs of SAP jobs now additionally display the name of the SAP element in brackets in the selection menu SAP Forms Check Box and Radio Button Parameters Remain Unchanged Editing script elements via the Forms tab no longer affects check box or radio button parameters that were not changed Previously these parameters were automatically replaced by a valid default value when the Forms modifications were saved Yo
134. ble ServiceManager services is made when the Server processes start for the first time Registering Job files You can now use the newOutput tabor the script element REGISTER_OUTPUTFILE in order to specify files that can be opened via the UserInterface after they have been processed These files are external Job output files that are stored and available on the agent computer Job files can so be accessed quickly and easily In addition to the default reports Such as Job report JCL and script these files are also listed in the newDirectory tab which is available in the report dialog This functionality is supported for Windows UNIX SAP RA JMX and Database Jobs The Notification object has been extended A source must be determined in theNotification tab Attach report option This setting is only relevant if Job reports should be attached and if it must be specified whether the database s or the agent s Job output or both should be sent The Filter objectnow includes the new filter category External Job output It can be used to search external Job output files also for Job executions Output Scan tab Automation Engine 36 Alias You can now assign an alias for Workflow tasks in the properties gt General tab in previous UC4 versions referred to as Checkpoint tab This alias is used instead of the object name in the Workflow monitor the Activity Window and the Statistics The object name is always available in the Detail W
135. can retrieve and view advanced analytics that show you patterns and trends in SLA historical performance Available for download from the UC4 Download Center Automation Engine 204 Process Assembly A perspective of the Enterprise Control Center You use it to create define and modify workflows Process Automation The old name of the Service Catalog perspective Process Monitoring A perspective of the Enterprise Control Center It lists the activities of all users and provides the opportunity to manipulate them you can cancel or deactivate them ProcessFlow Deprecated Term Replaced by Workflow PromptSet A user defined input mask for executable objects A AE object type PromptSet element Fields control elements that are used to query User values They are the content of a PromptSet input mask PromptSet variable It stores the value of a PromptSet element Depending on the situation a value can be user defined or a default value PromptSet variables show the same behavior as object variables package content A package may reference applications components and related packages package dependency A package milestone may depend upon another package to have passed a specific milestone package milestone Since packages define a state machine they need some sort of timely order Milestones are used for this packages Delivery package a bundle of functionality parent There are different ways of activating objects T
136. cation of font type and size You can select the font type and size to be used for scripts reports and activation logs in the settings of the DialogClient Font type Courier New size 14 is the default setting The font size can also be modified using the CTRL key in combination with the scroll wheel This also applies for the Message Window or for views of JobPlans and their monitors which can be maximized or minimized Tabs for desktops Up until now the bottom bar of a DialogClient displayed a box per workspace This view has been changed into tabs in order to provide a better overview These tabs contain the name of the particular UC4 system and the client if connection desktops are concerned User defined desktops are displayed with an individually determined description and color Better overview for object creation It is possible to limit the content of the selection dialog which is displayed while creating objects In doing so each user can select from the particular object types which he is P allowed to create By default the dialog includes all object types Specify the value N in the validity keyword TEMPLATE_SHOW_ALL in the UC4 VariableUC_CLIENT_ SETTINGSif you intend to use this new function System Overview includes new column for Executors TheExecutor listcontains a new column authorizations which informs about the rights which were assigned to that particular Executor New command for opening the UC4 Explorer The cont
137. celed or repeated for up to 5 steps The appropriate commands are in the Edit menu of the DialogClient These functions can also be called through key combination shortcuts By moving the mouse it is possible to draw a frame around several objects and make multiple selections By clicking with the CTRL key pressed it is also possible to select several objects This multiple selection allows e g block by block moving of objects Drag and drop of several objects simultaneously into the JobPlan makes object transfer easier New week view in the calendar Until now the week view was only able to display calendar weeks in a vertical spacing format stacked downwards Now the week view can also be displayed horizontally Weekdays are arranged in a horizontal spacing format as in for example MS Outlook This view is most often used in the USA Standard calendar view preference can be set in the TimeZone Calendar tab of the Settings dialog This dialog can be called up using the Settings command from the DialogClient s Options menu For added clarity holidays can now be italicized in all calendar views Automatic monitor opening can be defined Monitors can be displayed at runtime for CallOperators Cockpits JobPlans and Schedules For each of these object types it is possible to define whether the monitor is to be opened following task activation in the Activities Refresh tab of the Settings dialog These settings are called with the Settin
138. complete FileTransfer The timestamps that are included in the FileTransfer s report are agent times until v8 they represented Server times A When you use Java agents SAP RA JMX SQL of version 8 00A they must at least be of version 8 00A030 500 Otherwise the Form tabs will not work Ay The Email connection of agents is only available via SMTP MAPI2 is no longer supported for Windows agents The z OS Event monitor can no longer be started in combination with the z OS agent The agent s INI file section CONSOLE has been removed The Event monitor can only be started as an individual Started Task The C Loader is no longer available for starting the Java agents SAP JMX Rapid Automation and Database under Windows Agents under Windows can only be started via the JAR file Keep this also in mind when using the ServiceManager A The flow trace of FileTransfers has been changed More information is now output and the output itself has also been changed Make sure to adjust all scripts which read data from FileTransfer report PREP_PROCESS_REPORT The report of partially and fully qualified FileTransfers is now structured as follows lt Timestamp gt U0011124 File search started with filter txt lt Timestamp gt U0011125 c temp src a txt lt Timestamp gt U0011125 c temp src b txt lt Timestamp gt U0011125 c temp src c txt lt Timestamp gt U0011126 File search completed 3 files selected
139. cuted It is deactivated in the properties Earliest tab This definition has the same effect as setting the tasks manually inactive during JobPlan execution The end status of such a task is ENDED INACTIVE task not active undefined 1921 Defining breakpoints in a JobPlan Breakpoints can be defined within a JobPlan in the task properties Earliest tab In doing so it is easily possible to stop a JobPlan at a particular point This definition has the same effect as manually setting a breakpoint during JobPlan execution When processing has reached this defined task it obtains the status Hold manual stop was set 1562 Manually delete the breakpoint in order to continue JobPlan execution Immediate start of inactive tasks Tasks which have been set inactive through particular Calendar conditions can now be started immediately Navigation Window for JobPlans A navigation window opens if a JobPlan can no longer completely be displayed in the monitor view during its execution In doing so it is possible to view the relevant tasks even in large JobPlans In the monitor view the navigation window shows tasks including their particular current statuses Version 3 01B 167 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 AE s authorization system is active The AE authorization system controls the authorization status of users to objects an folders Access to statistical data and object reports is also monitored Access rights to objects folders
140. d unnecessary connection terminations S 44490 Utilities User name could not be determined under z Linux In batch mode the user name could not be determined S 45206 Wrong conversion of PREP_PROCESS_FILENAME After the migration process a comma was missing in the script function PREP_PROCESS _ FILENAME S 45705 161 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 9 1 Highlights Version 3 004 3 01A e Re engineering of the AE database e New Server architecture e Multi Server operation e Flexible scalability of AE systems e Use of TimeZones e Workload and Performance Management e Platform independent DialogClient e DialogClient with access to several AE systems e DialogClient in new attractive design e New objects and objects with an extended range of functions New and extended script elements Version 3 01B e Modified version policy for UC4 global e AE authorization system is active New and extended script elements e Event from Console event type available e Display and change JCL of a started job e New functions for editing JobPlans e USA style week view in the Calendar e Optional automatic opening of monitors e Java Call Interface available Version 3 01C e Release of Automation Engine for UNIX z Linux e Release of Executor for SINIX e Compression of MQ tables in AE database e Automation Engine with SNMP support e Support for Forecast functionality e Implementatio
141. ded with Automation Engine Reason From Enterprise Control Center Version 2 1 and higher all plug ins and also the AE UI plug in can be found in ECC s WAR file The configuration instructions and UI plug in Release Notes have been removed from the documentation and can now be found in the ECC installation documentation 5 Chapter 3 Release Notes Version 10 ClearView has been renamed as Process Analytics Documentation File Name Change The names of the files that are used to access the documentation have changed The new names are as follows e HtmlHelp help chm e WebHelp help htm e Message documentation Messages chm Messages htm Renaming of Documentation Chapters The following chapters have been renamed as follows e UC4 Script gt Automation Engine Script e UC4 Internal gt Internal e Best Practice gt Best Practices e UC4 ClearView gt Process Analytics A As a consequence the names of the supplied CHM files have also changed in the HtmlHelp documentation The new names are as follows AutomationEngineScriptGuide chm InsideAutomationEngine chm BestPracticesGuide chm ProcessAnalytics chm Service Pack 1 This Service Pack contains no changes 3 1 3 Notes for Update Installation Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues Make sure that your IT environment complies with the system requirements of the Automation Engine version in q
142. dows agent writes these files in its Temp directory Under certain circumstances the INI file is not yet fully initialized it can happen that these files are stored in the folder in which the agent s program files are stored The SNMP agent writes these files in the directory WINDIR System32 or in its Temp folder Objects g The Group settings Execution in the Attributes tab are no longer available due to the functions of the new Queue object During the updating process all Group objects that were used as queues in the previous version are converted to Queue objects of the same name The queuing functionality remains Note that because of this modification the scripting lines that add objects to a queue do not work anymore PUT_ATT START_TYPE queue You can use the following SQL statements to list all scripting lines that assign objects to a Group SELECT OH_Client OH_Idnr OH_Name OT_Type OT_Lnrlinenumber OT_Content line FROM OT OH WHERE OT_OH_lIdnr OH_Idnr and OT_Content LIKE PUT_ATT START_ TYPE UNION SELECT OH_Client OH_Idnr OH_Name OT_Type OT_Lnr linenumber OT_Content line FROM OT OH WHERE OT_OH_ldnr 0H_ldnr and OT_Content LIKE PUT_ATT GROUP UNION SELECT OH_Client OH_Idnr OH_Name OT_Type OT_Lnr linenumber OT_Content line FROM OT OH WHERE OT_OH_Idnr OH_Idnr and OT_Content LIKE PUT_ATT GROUP UNION SELECT OH_Client OH_Idnr OH_Name OT_Type OT_Lnr linenumber OT_Content line FROM OT OH W
143. e DialogClient In doing so all users can create their own uc4config xml with the preferred settings Additionally a path for the configuration file login_dat xml can be specified with the parameter O Additional column Connections in the System Overview The category Servers now also shows the number of connections users and Executors to each communication process Automation Engine 114 Number of used DialogClient licenses The category Licenses of the System Overview now also displays all DialogClient licenses that are used New design for the Detail Window Detailed information about objects is now listed in groups which allows for keeping a clear overview although the number of attributes is increasing If the object includes a Sync object an extra tab within the Detail Window provides the corresponding Sync object information Additionally the Detail Window is now also available in Forecasts and Auto Forecasts Extended System Overview The category Client is no longer only displayed in the System Overview of system client 0000 but also in the overview of the clients 1 9999 This category includes information about the individual clients More detailed print output of the JobPlan When printing a JobPlan the diagram now also includes the names of the tasks and the Executors and the times Executors Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Service Programs ServiceManager Documentation Version 3 02B
144. e Job status can be retrieved from the UC4 Server This functionality was erroneous in Executors for HP UX as the job ended with the status ENDED _ LOST S 31089 Incorrect transfer of file attributes You can specify file attributes for file transfers in the tab of the same name e g IN none This setting however could not be used as the file attribute field was interpreted wrongly S 32434 With PREP_PROCESS FILE files were not completely read With the script element PREP_PROCESS FILE file contents can be read line by line If however the terminating characters CRLF or CR were missing in the last line it remained unconsidered S 38503 Missing character in file transfers with the Solaris Executor An error occurred when data was transferred as the first character was replaced by an empty space This error occurred regardless of the specified CodeTable S 39637 Authorization check in UNIX was too strict File transfers were aborted with the message Access denied as the authorization check for Group IDs was not made correctly The error occurred when the file was assigned to a group and the user a group member wanted to transfer the file S 39293 155 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Crash of the Executor for Open VMS A system function returned a value referring to a wrong internal address This could cause the Executor to crash SH 33869 Job report was not stored in a file If can be specified in the
145. e new entry lt componentpool gt in the uc4config xml you can specify whether components of the DialogClient e g tabs of objects should be held in the Cache Performance can be increased with this Version 3 02B Restructured Version Control The name Version Control was changed to Version Management Copies of objects that are created by using theVersion Managementare now found in a separate system folder such as the Transport Case In order to keep a clear overview the duplicated versions are additionally listed in the newly created Version management tab that is available for all objects The utility AE DB Reorg has also been adjusted for facilitating the complete reorganization of the object copies A privilege is required in order to access Version Management Automation Engine version and patch level displayed The menu item About UC4 global was added to the DialogClient menu It includes information about the Automation Engine version and patch level Indicate both of them when contacting the support team Search result section can now be changed A bar splitting the window of the Search function facilitates enlarging or diminishing the result section Number of forecast windows reduced You can highlight several objects and create forecasts for all of them Up to now an individual forecast window was opened for each object From now on there will be exactly one window containing the necessary information for all forecasts the
146. e to include and process various automation solutions in UC4 The solutions are realized through RA Solutions RA agents make the functions of a RA Solution accessible Automation Engine 54 New Event type Database Event The Event object has been extended a new type is now available It can be used to compare values of the following sources e SQL query e Statistical value e Variable object Extended FileSystem Event The Event type FileSystem includes many new options e Check for file size e Check for file modification during the last n hours minutes seconds e Check for constant file size during the last n hours minutes seconds e Inclusion or exclusion of sub directories e Reading of file name file size and timestamp with GET_EVENT_INFO Extended Email connection P Up to now the Email connection has only been implemented in Windows and UNIX agents Now the UC4 Server also has an Email connection which can be used to send emails via Notification objects and in combination with the script function SEND_MAIL Searching reports and files using the new Filter object y A Filter object can be used to define the criteria to be applied for searching reports of tasks and or files It is available in the following object types e FileTransfer e Job e QueueManager Each of these object types includes an Output Scan tab in which one or several Filter objects can be created and the reaction to the filtering result All actions spec
147. ebel 7 5 on Windows 2003 2000 and XP released e UC4 Executor for HP UX 11i Itanium released e UC4 Executor for Windows 2003 Itanium 164 released e New UC4 PlusModule for Tivoli e UC4 Connect for HP OpenView Operations version 7 1 and later e UC4 Connect for SAP Monitoring via XMW interface e Extension of system client 0000 e New message comparing program e Naming and sorting of Login objects can be specified update e New report type SLOG for SAP Jobs e Email connection through SMTP for Windows and UNIX Executors e New functionality R3_GET_VARIANT_CONTENTS e New functionalities CALE_LOOK_AHEAD CHANGE_LOGGING FORECAST_OBJECT FORECAST_TASK and STR_SUBSTITUTE_VAR 101 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 8 2 New Functions The P symbol characterizes new functionalities which need to be adjusted manually in the particular INI files when updating your Automation Engine version Database Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Oracle version 10g is now supported Automation Engine Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02A New script elements SHUTDOWN Ends an AE system TERMINATE Ends an Executor a work or communication process ALPHA2RUNNR Converts a string letters to a RU N CINT Converts a string to a number CSTR Converts a number to a string EXPORT Export
148. ects created by users in client 0000 are logged The HTML file which is created at database check before changeover to UC4 global now also contains alist of all objects created by users in the system client 0000 9 7 4 Corrections Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server 195 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Error in script processing for call interface The script which is sent by the call interface to the UC4 Server for processing was not read in full length Therefore sometimes invalid commands were recognized As a result the script was ended incorrectly SH 27871 End of UC4 Server caused by registration via call interface If the user did not have the necessary privilege to register to UC4 via the call interface the UC4 Server crashed A storage area was incorrectly initialised S 27680 Modified Attribute for MVS Jobs The MVS Account with the adequate Attribute name MVS_ACCOUNT can be change and read with the script elements PUT_ATT and GET_ATT For compatibility reasons the user can still use the old name ACCOUNT DialogClient No display of reports in the Activity Window Inthe Activity Window selection it is possible to select the object types to be displayed in the Activity Window Reports are included in this list So far they have not been displayed in the Activity Window even if this was selected Executors Host information in Executor log Host name and TCP IP Addre
149. ed for this purpose The installation and configuration documentation is provided in the Administration Guide Automation Engine 24 VARA object New source BACKEND As of Service Pack 2 the new variable typeBACKEND is available It can be used to provide the result of an OS command as variable values in the form of user defined columns The new Userprivilege Create and modify Backend variables is now available and can be used to create or edit VARA objects of the source BACKEND The UC4 VariableUC_SYSTEM_SETTINGSnow includes the additional setting BACKENDVAR_MAX_ROWS It can be used to limit the lines that Backend variables return to a particular number The new settingvAR_TIMEOUT in the UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR _ DEFAULT can be used to define a maximum time forthe execution of commands Predefined BACKEND Variable objectsare supplied in client O UC_RB_ TEMPLATES folder Run Book Templates Service Pack 2 also provides numerous predefined objects They are referred to as Run Book Templates and supplied as a Transport Case in the DB directory These templates are Windows or UNIX Jobs that execute particular actions such as deleting a file or starting a service The UC4 Documentation includes a list of Run Book Templates A detailed description of the particular function and the parameters are stored in the Documentation tab of the supplied objects SAP agent SAP Java Connector version 3 0 is now supported As of Service Pack 2 o
150. ed in subfolder log of the Executor s installation directory Further processing is easily possible using SAP Tools Naming Executors during installation has been simplified By default the system name of the NonStop Server without is now used as the Executor name UC4 EXECUTOR NAME NODENAME It is also possible to extend the Executor name using pre or post fixes Example UC4 EXECUTOR NAME UC4 NODENAME EXE Extended functionality PS_MODIFY_RUNCONTROL new parameters The new parameters KEYNAME n and KEYVALUE n can be used to modify the values of child records Additional options for spool list receivers Additional options are provided in the Job object and in the function R3 SEND _SPOOL_ REQUEST They can be used to manage printing privileges and receipts This function requires the following SAP Support Packages e for4 6C SAPKB46C52 e for6 20 SAPKB62059 e for6 40 SAPKB64017 e for 7 00 SAPKB70008 Automation Engine 84 New start parameter VER The Executor supplies the UC4 version including the hotfix number if the start parameter VER or VER file name is used 6 3 4 Documentation Detail Window contents A separate document now describes all entries that are available in the Detail window They are listed in alphabetical order so that contents can easily be searched for Required parameters highlighted All parameters which must be adjusted to your system environment are now highlighted in red in the descr
151. ed with the user of the Schedule The corresponding command Assume activity is found in the Activity Window s context menu A privilege of the same name is required otherwise this command is not displayed The system checks whether the tasks that should be assumed have an execution right for the relevant object If so the task including all child tasks in active or waiting condition are assumed The user is not changed if tasks have already ended A Note that the execution right is only checked in the top task Ensure that you have all required rights and contact your UC4 administrator if you are not sure Defining criteria for user passwords P New options are provided which can be specified in the client settings and determine the criteria to be considered when specifying passwords These include e Minimum and maximum length e Upper and lower case letters Numbers e Special characters e Password history e Prohibition of user name in passwords Specify the validity keywords starting on PWD in the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_ SETTINGS New Functionality GET_MSG_TYPE Retrieves the type of a message number GET_OBJECT_TYPE Supplies a task s object type Extended Functionality GET_ATT Extension New attributes are now provided to read the content of the Header tab e DATE_CREATED created on DATE_MODIFIED modified on e LAST_DATE last used on e LAST_USER last used by e MODIFY_COUNT modification counter e
152. ede Oe teed tees da 188 UCA DADAS O ueno seas AE Pee aerials seas Soc Seek eh see oA 188 e E VS 8 2h on siete cn a felon O To uss Sane Pana sbb yas sneduart RETS 188 DialogClient 2 0 0 2 c cece cece cece cece cece ccc ccc cece cece eee cnn cnn cnn 189 A ys ole en tgu snares Ra ka whan tid E EA aul este 3 kode Maloy Dente 189 Gall Interfaces cece ee hee eo A es ie ta 190 Utilities 200 eee ccc cece cece cece cece cece aE eaaa e 191 9 7 Release Notes Version 3 010 o oo e cece eee e eee eeeeeeeenees 191 O 7 A HIGHIGHS 3220229 A NN 191 Components to be installed 2 22 22 2 cceneeceeceecceeees 191 9 42 NEW FUNCIONS ee 2 2052 sr Sa ho ra ls dt IL e E 191 UCA SOI CFE ool Dos ad ach e o be Aone sh do 192 DialogClient stisne sal a lavas ia dit dad 192 SC Sare oa Fehon O IN 193 9 7 3 Improvements ns 193 VEA Databases tota racer detent Mende a enced bobs tnt gees 193 MO ic stk suites 200 RR NA 193 DialogClient o ooocccccccccccccccccccccccccccccocccccccccncccnccccnncn cnc cnn cnc cnn cnn 193 UltIlIIES 2 lata Ca Site sc tl ae ta do o oe ah a 194 9 14 GOMECHONS coopera 194 ME A A A Aah ds teeing tte A dal 194 Automation Engine xi A A A e Os MAN eetets sea to EAA Geveaseoes 195 UMSS e aa cea hace aes Saye ch teens da tbe san 196 Extemall Integration zenaren a ii it dit as 196 Glossary saa a dni R Dar dd e de CO AI AS eno 198 A e elder SL fst tit She dll de a 198 DIB NR EN 199 A A A A EI 199 A A A A O 200 E ao e rs Saad G
153. edule monitor Monitors show the current states of tasks Inthe JobPlan and Schedule monitor view a red light symbol is shown as soon as automatic processing has been stopped Executors AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities Longer Executor Names Now a maximum of 32 characters is allowed for an Executor name Block sizes for Report Transfers adjustable The block size for the report transfer from the Executor to the Automation Engine can be defined in the variable for host characteristics UC_HOSTCHAR_xxxx of the Executors Version 3 01B Restart of PeopleSoft Executor implemented After a cold start the Executor can continue to monitor tasks when it was possible to determine the current task condition together with the Automation Engine SH 25974 Expanded script elements 175 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 R3_ACTIVATE_JOBS Parameter MONITOR for AE interface Now the parameter MONITOR can also be used with the AE interface The same range of functions as for the XBP interface is available R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT Parameter MONITOR for AE interface R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL New parameter RAW The parameter RAW which is only available for the XBP 2 0 interface delivers the raw spool list including all formatting characters Version 3 01B Unicode compatible transport files for SAP version 6 10 SAP Versions 6 10 and later offer the opportunity to use a database with Unicode The
154. een al ea Lt th 200 OR ee oR ae NRE IC TE RS PTR DP RS CES RRP NTE ne 201 TOG ee acon aah Aah see at nants My oun since Ouse eke As es tena Al 201 A EN AA 201 OT E tet te eg ate Le ta nd nd dr da el ed eN 202 A O Dae NR oat 202 Ws weston Tues tas Serene AA 202 PA Le aR Re e o A Re AEA o 202 Misc ld We shat SE san oh hdl hte St inne pelo AE 202 TAN eel Le coat Staite tele es Sok Cea a Sit ot ness Se 203 TOON aces eh a oe A A ehoweeetaneaied 203 A A aN ete nce esol Sane Mon De AE eee eet te Na len tates tA a aaa hag 203 E Ga tt Se cates CR ened A AS eet 205 NO Recah sea a O Le Tol eine ENE AL Lal ees ieee bland 205 ADS 42 dsasresestians sock te sas A dad A E EARR 206 DOM cert cent A Mia A E aguas Uh ie ha fied ae 207 DAW nage hahaa ood nese veea disor a aa dad die Mencia dene vd adc REAR 207 DON ne Tacos tan Sai ts tlnle SR A 209 DON AEII AEE er ss ee NEL reis SELENE AON 209 1 Chapter 1 General Information 1 General Information The Release Notes include an up to date description of all changes that have been made in the Automation Engine The Release Notes are listed according to version numbers such as 3 02 The individual version numbers include all related versions which are distinguished by an appended letter such as 3 02B For each product version the Release Notes either include individual documents or the sections Highlights New Functions Improvements and Corrections These documents and sections summarize the mos
155. elease Notes Version 3 02 Extra chapter for the utilities More detailed description is now available for theutilities in a separate chapter in the Administrator Manual More information about the supported databases Additional notes in the installation guide and performance references facilitate the use of UC4 with the following databases DB2 MS SQL Server and Oracle Detailed description about database maintenance The utilities AE DB Archive AE DB Reorg and AE DB Unload are used tomaintain the UC4 Database Detailed information on the usage of these service programs including an example explaining how to automate this procedure Using the Transport Case Description on the efficient use of theTransport Case is now also provided in a separate document Description about the variables The list of UC4 Variables was extended and allows for the individual configuration of your AE system Extended configuration files The documentation for the configuration files of the components INI and XML was completed 8 4 Corrections Automation Engine Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Service Programs External Integration Version 3 02A Deactivation of JobPlan despite correct settings in the Attributes tab In the Result tab in the JobPlan it is possible to react to the end status of a task If Halt was selected for the first task as a reaction to a non reached status the JobPlan didn t remain available in the Activ
156. em The documentation about the authorization system has been extended Now it provides a comprehensive survey about the assignment of rights in UC4 and corresponding peculiarities 7 3 6 Utilities Transporting to and from system client 0000 Objects can now be loaded to and from system client 0000 Be careful in the former because overwriting system objects such as UC4 Variables can affect other clients as well The loading program therefore displays a warning message before it starts the loading process Changing folder names The new attribute FOLDER_NAME can be used to change folder names 99 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A Database check provides additional information The report created when checking the 2 6x database now also contains the contents of all clients UC4 Variables 7 3 7 WebGUI Alternative communication processes P New parameters in the configuration fileweb xml indicate that two additional communication processes can be specified These are used when the first communication process is inactive Adjust the parameters Server name2 and Port2 or also Server name3 and Port3 to your system environment to make use of this function 7 3 8 CallAPI CodeTable selection You can define the CodeTable that should be used in thelNI file of the OS 390 CallAPI Enter the name of the CodeTable object in the section GLOBAL using the parameter codetable Automation Engine 100 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 8 1 High
157. ement So far the duplicated object versions did not show the time stamp of the client s time zone This missing time conversion also affected the messages displayed in the System Overview SH 32093 S 38763 File transfers were not aborted For file transfers it can be specified that the source file should be removed If they cannot be deleted successfully they are now canceled SH 38599 Error with SYS_ACT_USERID Using the script element SYS_ACT_USERID in the Post Process tabsometimes caused error messages SH 39094 Abortion of nested PROCESS loops TERM_PROCESS ended all loops in nested loops which were formed with PROCESS in order to have data sequences processed line by line S 34954 SYS_SERVER_ALIVE falsely displays work processes as inactive When the script element SYS_SERVER_ALIVE was used for a Linux server this occasionally resulted in active work processes being reported as inactive in the retum codes S 39240 DialogClient Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities External Integration Version 3 02B The search function could not find certain entries With the search function in the Explorer you can filter all objects containing Executors All tasks using them were shown The result however did not include Login objects The search for users and Calendar keywords has also been extended S 32786 S 36104 No further information when DialogClient crashes during start If the configuration
158. en licenses are missing A ORACLE version 9 2 or later is required in order to use ORACLE as the UC4 Database Note that the ORACLE client version must correspond to the ORACLE version in use A The UC4 Database is now controlled more closely Please keep the following details in mind in order to avoid unexpected problems Pay special attention when working with Oracle that the database client settings correspond to the database settings Details on how to check and specify the particular settings of an ORACLE database for UC4 are provided in the corresponding documentation 4 UC4 components on Solaris Intel are only supported for Version 5 8 and later ones A As of version 5 00A ORACLE uses data of type BLOB and CLOB instead of LONG RAW and LONG VARCHAR as fields of type LONG cannot be reorganized online Data types are converted automatically but if reports should be converted as well the file UC_UD TXT must be adjusted More information is available in the documentation aboutupdating databases A Adhere to the important instructions for the updating process from DB2 to OS 390 Further details are found in the documentation about updating databases g Note that modifications to database contents result in an inconsistent database Do not process SQL statements in the UC4 Database g File search in FileTransfers and FileSystem Events with wildcards were changed They are no longer compatible with UNIX Executors This update installati
159. ent identification is no longer possible after the first log change Event Pattern Editor An Editor for lt Event Patterns gt Event Transformer A lt component gt which is able to transform raw data to lt event objects gt Exception Events View View to observe occurred lt exception events gt Executor Deprecated Term Replaced by agent 201 Chapter Glossary e Explorer Userlnterface window in which objects can be created edited and administered e external dependency A task whose end status is considered when a workflow is being processed The task itself however does not run within the framework of this workflow a 6 F e FileTransfer Transfers files from one computer to another A particular AE object type FileTransfer object e Forecast Estimates a task s runtime on the basis of previous executions e fully qualified FileTransfer File transfers without wildcard characters One particular file is transferred as opposed to partially qualified file transfers de 7G e Generic Socket A lt Socket gt which both senses receives events from its predecessors as well as responds sends evens to its successors e Graphical Workload Analyzer Deprecated Term Replaced by UC4 ClearView e Group Integrates tasks so that they can be processed together A particular AE object type e Group Monitor Window that shows the state of tasks assigned to a group object de 8H e HTML Help Microsoft help format for manuals These help
160. er MBean requires Java JRE Version 1 5 SAP Adaptive Computing Controller supported UC4 can establish a connection to SAP ACC and supports the handling of services We supply theMBean ACC which provides this function It can be called using the UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX and is certified AC CCI 1 0 Adaptive Computing Controller Command Interface Available functions e Starting a service e Stopping a service e Moving a service The MBean requires Java JRE Version 1 5 and JMX 1 2 Certification of the UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX for J2EE DEP 7 0 Current JMX Executor certifications J2EE DEP 6 40 J2EE Application Installation Deployment 6 40 New J2EE DEP 7 0 J2EE Application Deployment on SAP NetWeaver Applications Server 2004s Automated handling of prompts It is now possible to react to prompts which occur during the execution of NSK jobs in an automated way Use the new script functions in order to define predetermined inputs to particular prompts Manual intervention can be avoided This function is supported for NonStop Executor environments and TACL 75 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A UC4 Executor for Oracle Applications on SuSE Linux for version 8 x and Redhat Linux 4 x86 Intel platform released New Functionalities OA_ADD_LAYOUT adds a layout to a request OA _ADD_NOTIFICATION adds a message to a request OA _ADD_PRINTER adds an additional printer to a request Using OA_ADD_LAYOUT requires at lea
161. er e New shortcuts e ALT M opens the monitor of the superordinate object e CTRL E opens an object for editing e CTRL 1 opens the Detail Window e CTRL M opens the monitor e CTRL N opens the template window which can be used to create new objects e CTRL R opens the report e CTRL T opens the Statistics of the superordinate task Script editor The new script editorprovides numerous functions which make it even more easy to create scripts e Script element names are automatically completed e Parameters are displayed e All occurring script variables or script elements are highlighted e Contents of Include objects are displayed e Include objects can be edited directly in the script e Line prefixes indentations and closing statements of constructions Such as ENDIF can automatically be inserted e The relevant description of the script element provided in the UC4 Documentation can be shown 5 2 4 Agents 57 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A Automatic assignment of agent rights P For security reasons it is required to determine the clients in which an agent can be used and which rights the individual agent possesses Rights can be assigned directly in the Authorizations tab of the individual Agent objects Doing so is very time consuming when numerous agents are in use as this procedure is required for each agent The new object Agent Client Assignment solves this issue It enters the adequate rights in the Agent ob
162. erface BW Process Chains Last Start Time Available in Reports The PLOG reports of SAP jobs include the start date and the start time of process chains and now also their last start time WebHelp in new HTML5 format The WebHelp is now based on HTML5 and has a new improved AE style design and a user friendly interface The left WebHelp area now shows the content tree and a Glossary area which includes all the glossary terms as well as their definitions The search field is now provided in the header line previously in the left area Documentation as PDFs You can now choose between Automation Engine documentation in HtmlHelp format in WebHelp format and as PDFs Note that as of now the PDFs provided in the Automic Download Center will always be up to date The supplied documentation folders are htmlhelp webhelp and pdf WebHelpSplitter The WebHelpSplitter can now also remove the following guides from the Automation Engine documentation e Process Analytics e Inside AE e KnowledgeBase You can now also use the WebHelpSplitter for the French WebHelps Bug Fixes Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues Automation Engine 14 For detailed and up to date information see the Patch Descriptions section in the Automic Download Center Known Issues Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements
163. eric entries not possible in READ due to a wrong default value In READ statements it is also possible to limit the user entry to numbers of a certain number range If the minimum value was gt 0 and if no default value was set it was not possible to make entries Now the minimum value is taken as default value Example READ amp VALUE 3 5 Number N S 28246 Forecast calculation incorrect for a periodic turnaround later than 00 00 The Forecast assumed a wrong starting date for the calendar check of schedules when the periodic turnaround was later than 00 00 The same held for JobPlans with starting point on the next day If an object of the JobPlan had a condition specified in the Earliest tab it was not considered S 28571 Automation Engine 134 Executors Error in path specification of GET_FILESYSTEM Path specification in the Script element GET_FILESYSTEM is now possible with or without an attached SH 28744 Job files of ended jobs deleted immediately Up to now the Executor signaled a job end to the server and waited for a reply to delete the job file afterwards If however this Executor was deactivated in the meantime it remained in the working directory Now the job file is immediately deleted when the job is ended S 28069 Same Executors for file transfers excluded For file transfers it was possible to enter the same Executor in the source and destination host Now a message appears and prevents this
164. es not exist S 30540 Release date of version 3 02A 10 24 2003 Automation Engine 136 8 6 Release Notes Version 3 02B 8 6 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections e UC4 NonStopServer e New type of Server process Dialog Process DWP available e Auto Forecast for displaying tasks that will run e New design for Detail Windows e Magnetic windows in the DialogClient e Drag amp Drop supported in the Search dialog and context menu extended e Versions Management directly in the object including a restore function e Tasks and task chains can now be copied from one JobPlan or Schedule to another e New chapter Inside UC4 and Example Collection included in the documentation e The utilities have been improved and can now be used platform independently e Accessing the UC4 system through the Internet with UC4 WebGUI e New tool supporting the migration process e Oracle version 10g is now supported e UC4 Executor for GCOS 8 SR 5 2 released e UC4 Executor for SAP on Linux and z Linux released e UC4 Executor for MPE 6 5 including CallAPl released HP3000 e UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft for People Tools version 8 44 and 8 45 released e UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft on AIX 5 1 released e UC4 Executor for Siebel 7 5 on Windows 2003 2000 and XP released e UC4 Executor for HP UX 11i Itanium released e UC4 Executor for Windows 2003 Itanium 164 released e New UC4 PlusModule for Tivoli e UC4 Co
165. essed SH 25649 Incorrect parallel processing of Batch Input sessions When a UC4 Job using R3_ACTIVATE_SESSIONS with the parameters SELECT EVERY was started multiply the batch input sessions were only processed by one UC4 Job Interfaces all SAP Basis Release all SH 26559 Only English or German message texts in reports English or German can be chosen as language in the INI file where the logging is made SAP registration is also made in these languages which had the effect that French or other message texts were not included in the report With the new parameter SAP_language you can specify if the Executor should register again with the language that is specified in the job Interfaces all SAP Basis Release all SH 25226 Truncate fields du to deficient default function module When variants were changed certain field types e g date time were truncated although this was not intended The reason was the deficient default function module RS_VARIANT_ CONTENTS_RFC which has been eliminated by SAP Interfaces XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release all XBP 2 0 SAP 4 6B Utilities Incorrect display of loading process When loading the transport case the status line did not display 100 per cent of the loading progress at the end of processing SH 26811 26679 External Integration 197 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Adjusting UC4 KnowledgeModule for BMC Patrol The tree structure view was adjusted to UC4 global f
166. ext menu in the DialogClient s windows such as Activity Window or search contains the new command Explorer It opens a UC4 Explorer which displays the folder in which the highlighted object is found New column in the Activity Window The new column Runtime shows the time span which has past since the task was started Automation Engine 82 Opened flag improved Up to now the opened flag was set when the object was opened and removed when it was closed It shows the user who is editing the object If the DialogClient lost connection to the UC4 system the opened flag remained open and users could reopen their opened objects only via the privilege Reset opened flag This behavior has been changed and the opened flag is now automatically reset so that users can gain access to their objects Highlighted lines in list view Every second line of Windows and Dialogs containing list view is now displayed with a blue background By doing so this gives the list a more apparent structure Archive keys for User objects Archive keys can be stored in the Header tab Two new columns are provided which show them and facilitate sorting Archive keys for Executor objects Archive keys can be stored in the Header tab They are displayed in the UC4 Explorer New start parameter V Use the start parameter V and the DialogClient returns the UC4 version including hotfix number 6 3 3 Executor Final file name is assigned when the FileTra
167. extension in the UC4 Server requires the primary work process plus two work processes before it is possible to activate additional dialog processes Thus the minimum value for the setting WP_MIN_NUMBER in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS has been increased to 2 The UC4 SNMP subagent is no longer supplied in combination with the UC4 Server Its files are now stored in the extra folder Snmp Q Some folders on the delivery directory have been renamed e server automationengine e 0a oracleapplications e ps peoplesoft e tandem nsk e smgr servicemanager e smgrdia servicemanagerdialog Q The command for resetting an open flag is now found in the object properties instead of the UC4 Explorer s context menu The properties window shows the button Reset which can be used to reset an open flag if a user has opened an object for editing purposes Q List or Hierarchical View selections can now be made directly in the Activity Window instead of the Activity Window options Q The privilege Edit SAP Interception table which is assigned in User and UserGroups is now called SAP Criteria Manager 53 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A O R3_CREATE_VARIANTwithout specifying the parameter TEXT has the effect that the Variant name is used as short text 34 As of hotfix 8 00A918 104 the checkpoint for the activation date of a ProcessFlow sextemal dependency option Only valid when activated with the same logical date
168. f the branch that includes the relevant task are canceled status ENDED_NOT_OK Parallel branches if existing are not affected The Workflow only switches to the status ENDED_NOT_OkK if all branches have reached the End object A Attention Active Workflows are not converted After updating to version 9 00A the Postconditions tab of these Workflows in the Activity Window is empty and the Result properties of the previous version are no longer available UC4 recommends ending all Workflows before starting the update process g The Result tab no longer exists This includes that you cannot modify it anymore by using the script element MODIFY_TASK Adjust your scripts if necessary Be informed that neither the new Preconditions tab nor the new Postconditions tab can be modified by using the script element MODIFY_TASK 27 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 g Script variables and object variables that are named amp X and or amp XC must not be used in Workflow tasks which include conditions actions in their properties Preconditions andPostconditionstab This rule applies to all Workflow tasks of previous UC4 versions that include Result properties Result tab UC4 recommends renaming all existing script and object variables with this name or a runtime error will occur when the Workflow starts Run the following SQL statements on the UC4 Database in order to list all objects with the specified object variables that are part of a Workfl
169. face 5 3 5 Documentation 63 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A Recommendations for the configuration of Oracle databases UCA has listed all parameters that are required for installing an Oracle database and documented the recommended values using UC4 Clear structure of update installation The chapter Update Installation now includes a separate document with historical notes It lists all the notes the are important for updating your database The relevantdatabase rightsfor UC4 are also available in a separate document These rights are required for new hotfix and update installations 5 3 6 Utilities Performance improvement for Oracle databases The session parameters for the database connection now include the new entry commit_ write BATCH NOWAIT which serves to improve performance By default it is activated INI file section ODBC For example SQLDRIVERCONNECT ODBCVAR NNJNIORO DSN UC4 UID uc4 PWD 1037B2E22BF022EBE2 SP NLS_LANGUAGE AMERICAN NLS_ TERRITORY AMERICA CODESET WE8ISO8859P 15 commit_ write BATCH NOWAIT Automation Engine 64 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A 6 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements UC4 Executor for Databases released UC4 Executor for PeopleTools Version 8 47 and 8 48 released UC4 Executor for Oracle Applications on SuSE Linux for version 8 x and Redhat Linux 4 x86 Intel platform released UC4 Executor for SAP on AIX 64 Bit released UC4 Connect for
170. for tasks in Schedules It is possible to make settings for monitoring the runtime of tasks in Schedules With the corresponding maximum runtime MRT UC4 can monitor a task and react when the limit is exceeded This value was not correctly calculated S 32621 Job report was not deleted although the corresponding option was selected When executing Jobs you can specify if the job report is to be stored or deleted host specific tab It happened from time to time that these reports could not be deleted although the corresponding option had been activated Mostly this occurred when a file name was generated incompletely S 31887 UTC was used instead of the specified time zone When processing the script element SET_ CONDITION which defines starting conditions for JobPlans UTC Coordinated Universal Time was used thereby setting the wrong starting time Now the time zone of the task if available or of the user or client is used S 32728 S 30305 With the script function GET_WIN_ EVENT the date and time of an Event can be determined with the keyword TIMESTAMP UTC used to be returned by mistake instead of the client s time zone S 36286 The version management can now also be activated in the client settings So far the objects that were duplicated in this process did not show the time stamp of the client s time zone as intended S 32093 Local time was used instead of UTC when objects were imported with the loading program
171. from InfoSource and RequestID the long text will now also be printed in the activation report for started InfoPackages S 25245 Deadlocks while saving report in case of error For a UNIX job it is possible to define in the UNIX tab that the report is only to be saved in the UC4 Database and or in a file in the target system in case of an error This option did not work properly S 26005 Call Interfaces Exit codes of utilities standardized The exit codes returned by the call interface utilities have been standardized for OS 390 UNIX and Windows 0 Normal end of the utility 4 Normal end of the utility and output of a warning error handling with STOP MSG 50 in the script 8 Abortion of the utility error handling with STOP MSG gt 51 in the script 12 Abortion of the utility error when logging on to UC4 system 16 Abortion of the utility fatal error e g error when connecting to the UC4 Server script file cannot be opened or read error in the configuration file 191 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Utilities No transport to a client gt 0099 No transport was possible to a client with a client number of higher than 0099 SH 25334 Conversion problems for registered Executors of Login objects During the conversion process Executors which did not exist in the UC4 database but which were used in objects were replaced by Default Executors e g lt NSK gt or lt WINDOWS gt However e
172. g e redirect the job log to message classes e release the job log for printing and deleting Settings can be defined in the form of default values in the Executor sINI file and in the Job object The latter ones are preferably used and overdrive the values specified in the INI file All settings can also be dynamically configured in the script via job attributes Automation Engine 76 New job end recognition for OS 390 jobs The OS 390 Executor can now also use theSystem Management Facility SMF for recognizing job ends A great advantage is that the job is assessed on the basis of the return codes supplied by the job steps You can specify in theJob object whether the Executor should consider the highest or the latest return code for the job end Job end monitoring via SMF can be specified in the Event Monitor sINI file CONSOLE SMFJob 1 and in the Executor s INI file where the variable UC_EX JOB MD must be adjusted VARIABLES UC_EX_JOB_MD UC4START UC4 Executor for PeopleTools Versions 8 47 8 48 and 8 50 released UC4 Executor for SAP on AIX 64 bit released Monitoring SAP XI communication channels P UC4 now also supports the SAP NetWeaver component XI Controlling the XI communication channels is the first functionality which we release e Starting communication channels e Stopping communication channels e Querying information about communication channels Event objects of type Console can monitor the communication chan
173. g file replication log and DNS server log are additional logs of a Windows server which has been configured as a domain controller and or DNS server Domain Name System The monitoring of these logs has been implemented into the Windows Executor Call Interfaces Java Call Interface available A Java Call Interface is supplied along with UC4 global This Call Interface allows UC4 calls from within proprietary Java programs while making available a utility UCCALL3 JAR which can be used for example in an MS DOS box or in a Batch file example java jar uccall3 jar script script txt when called in the command line With java jar uccall3 jar all parameters permitted for this utility can be displayed Automation Engine 186 Utilities Resetting archive flags Archived data records are labeled after they have been successfully archived This enables the subsequent Reorganization to delete these data from the UC4 Database All of a client s activation flags can now also be removed by calling the utility again in order to call up this function using the Reset archive flags button Resetting archive flags Data records which have been archived and are to be deleted from the UC4 database are marked with an archive flag during the 1st reorganization phase In the 2nd reorganization phase all data from the database marked to be deleted are copied in REORG files and deleted All of a client s deletion flags can now also be removed by calling
174. g a Login object for auto logon to PeopleSoft or offline mode as default setting for opening a Job Version 3 02B Extended configuration options for RFC connections P RFC connections can now be used even more efficiently due to three entries that were added to the INI file They accept the following settings open_ex function to open the RFC connection RfcOpen RfcOpenEx connections type of the RFC connection per client user language per Job only one connection at a time conn_keep keeps the RFC connection when not used remains open for being used by other Jobs Functionality R3_COPY_VARIANT extended The functionality of R3_ COPY_VARIANT was extended for the parameter MODE which identifies the processing mode If a blank is used with this parameter the variant is copied by duplicating table entries default setting Value C copies the variant by creating a new one through SAP intemal interfaces Note that variants exceeding the 45 character value for parameters will not be copied Automic recommends using this mode only in exceptional cases The second new parameter is OVERWRITE YES NO It serves to specify the further procedure when the target variant already exists Additional settings in the Form tab The ERP Forms tab was added to the settings of the DialogClient You can specify options such as a Login object for the auto logon to the SAP system or offline mode by default when a job is opened New privilege for SA
175. g system operation e Changing values to the Server s input buffer UCA Explorer with three new functions In the UC4 Explorer the following functions are now available Duplicate to Link to and Move to They can be called with the context menu Duplicate to creates a duplicate of the highlighted objects in the selected destination folder Link to creates a link to the highlighted objects in the selected destination folder Move to moves the highlighted objects to the selected destination folder Structured Documentation for objects Documentation tabs can be displayed in a structured form This makes it possible to keep atask s data and values and read them with specific Script elements Structured documentation is defined in the variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU with a preceding Version Control for objects For the better understanding of changes to objects it is possible to activate a so called version control in the client settings If objects are changed afterwards a duplicate is automatically created and transferred to the folder VERSION_CONTROL Call of external programs P With this new functionality it is possible to transfer object codes to external programs You can enter the program names in the variable UC_SENDTO They are shown as an entry of the context menu in the UC4 Explorer Executors New Variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT The new Variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT was added to the system client 0000 It co
176. ge e JobPlan Logic e Schedule Logic e Using TimeZones in UC4 e Logical Date e Runtime New chapter Sample Collection This chapter providesexamples for the various ways of using script elements Each example is explained in detail and includes screenshots showing the results Improved script manual The following improvements were made in the documents describing the script elements e Each script element now contains a list of links to similar functions and statements e Inthe syntax description the obligatory parameters are displayed in colors e The script examples are shown in the same colors as in the DialogClient Automation Engine 150 Improved table of contents Some chapters of the UC4 Documentation above all in the Administrator Manual were renamed and restructured and information can be accessed as quickly and easily as possible The basic structure however remained unchanged so that existing users can use the documentation as always Extended migration chapter The newly added Migration Guide provides information about the migration process and all the corresponding tasks Extra chapter for the utilities More detailed description is now available for the utilities in a separate chapter in the Administrator Manual More information about the supported databases Additional notes in the installation guide and performance references facilitate the use of UC4 with the following databases DB2 MS SQL Server and Oracle
177. ger Dialog and add the additional start method in the settings of your Server processes 6 2 8 Integration New interface to the UC4 system TheUC4 ApplicationInterfacenow provides external access to processing in the UC4 system The supplied JAR file contains numerous classes which can be integrated in your Java programs You can create objects in an automated way edit existing objects or start tasks Also the new interface provides access to the System Overview and information about clients Executors and Server processes can be obtained Java classes can also be used to read reports and other statistical data and monitor activities SAP NetWeaver Developer Studio Version 2 0 released Automation Engine 80 UC4 Smart Plug In for HP OpenView Operations version 8 2 released Required are For UNIX e HP UX version 11 11 e Solaris 8 For Windows e Windows 2003 UC4 Servers can be monitored on the following platforms e HP UX version 11 11 e Linux version 2 4 e Windows 2003 e AIX Version 5 2 UC4 Connect for HP OpenView NNM for version 7 x Windows and HP UX Version 11 11 released 6 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements Improved workload balancing Executor always connect to the UC4 system s communication process which shows the lowest workload One new feature is that Executors are informed about newly started communication processes even after connection establishment By doing so they can swi
178. gs command in the DialogClient Options menu 185 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Executors Component Interface PROCESSREQUEST Java classes for PeopleTools 8 1x and 8 4x UC4 global supports the PeopleTools PROCESSREQUEST Component Interface for PeopleTools Versions 8 1x and 8 4x The program libraries ucxjpsx4 dll and ucxjpsx5 dll have been developed for this Job processing access is gained through Java classes In order to use the PROCESSREQUEST Component Interface via Java classes Java classes must be installed and activated in the INI file of the PeopleSoft Executor UC4 supports further functions of the new SAP XBP 2 0 interface With the support of the SAP XBP 2 0 interface new Script elements have been implemented which run and monitor Intercepted Jobs and are able to read and change the filter table for Intercepted Jobs XBP 2 0 is available as an SAP Support Package Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 New script elements R3_ACTIVATE_INTERCEPTED_JOBS Carries out Intercepted Jobs under UC4 control Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 R3_GET_INTERCEPTION Reads the filter table for Intercepted Jobs and saves it in the activation report or in a file Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 R3_MODIFY_INTERCEPTION Changes the filter table for Intercepted Jobs Interface XBP 2 0 SAP Basis Release 4 6 Monitoring of additional event viewer reports of a Windows server The directory service lo
179. gt e Rule Space Editor An editor for lt Rule Spaces gt e RunID Short for run number It is a number that provides unique information about a task s execution The RunID can include 7 to 10 digits It is assigned by the Automation Engine component Automation Engine 206 e real date The date that is used for checking runtime monitoring or time conditions in the properties of workflow tasks is referred to as the real date It complies with the top workflow s activation time It is passed on to all subordinate tasks e recurring tasks These tasks are scheduled without using a Schedule object and mostly consist of a period that is less than a day e registered This is the status of a task that runs within a group and is waiting for its start e report A report provides more detailed information about a task s execution or an AE component e restart A restart refers to the repetition of an object s execution This action differs from a new start in some parts e result column The first column of dynamic Variable objects with the sources SQL SQL internal and Multi The content of this column can be defined with Result format e return code The value that represents the result of tasks and script functions e runtime The duration of a task s execution It refers to the period between a task s start and end It does not include its activation period see also activation and start 19S e Schedule It starts executable objects peri
180. he Activity Window The JCL dialog has been re structured and contains two additional tabs now one showing the attributes of the Job object the other the attributes of the host Using Sync objects of system client 0000 In addition to selecting Sync objects in the activate able objects of the own client you can also select those of system client 0000 Extension of the functionality Send To P In order to allow for easier distinction the UC4 Variable UC_SENDTO_ACT is now available for objects in addition to UC_SENDTO for tasks This includes that different entries can be defined for the popup menus of the UC4 Explorer and the Activity Window Furthermore external programs and executable objects of the client can be specified Setting for storing JobPlans WP In JobPlans particular tasks are connected with the line tool in order to define predecessors successors and dependencies Up to now a JobPlan could always be stored regardless if a task has been assigned a predecessor and successor or not Now the system checks which settings were made and depending on the setting made in the Variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS entry JOBP_SAVE_INCOMPLETE the JobPlan then will either be stored after a request stored without request or not stored at all Fewer tasks in the Activity Window P The UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS contains systemwide settings The entry GENERIC_ACTIVITIES_LIMIT can be used to specify the maximum number of tasks to be di
181. he Workflow monitor e Rollback to this Task This rolls back the selected task and its successors e Rerun This can only be used for a complete Workflow It runs all Workflow tasks for which the rollback process has been completed or which are waiting for the rollback process New states e Waiting for rollback 1655 ENDED _WF_ROLLBACKED 1905 e FAULT_ROLLBACK 1830 e AgentGroup Rollback 1652 e Workflow Rollback 1653 The new value RERUN is available in the predefined variable 8 RUNMODEH 19 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 The fulfillment of external dependencies when removing a blocking condition You can now define external Workflow dependencies in a way that they are automatically fulfilled when their blocking condition is removed This is obviously only relevant for external dependencies whose related task is within a Workflow or blocks within it The properties of external dependencies now provide two new options for the expected status e ANY _OK_OR_UNBLOCKED The external task ends without an error or it is no longer blocked e ENDED OK _OR_UNBLOCKED The external task ends with ENDED_ OK return code 0 or it is no longer blocked Extended Login object Login tab The column Platform has been renamed to Name and Host Type to Type Inthe Name column you can now enter and store any value In the new UC4 Variable UC_ LOGIN_TYPES you can define types of Login objects that will be listed w
182. he context menu of active tasks A window opens in which the task s AE priority can be changed 111 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Earliest starting point displayed in the details If an Earliest start time is entered in the Earliest tab of an object in a JobPlan this time is displayed in the JobPlan and in the details Extension of the Detail Window for additional Sync object information In the Detail Window of objects additional information to the Sync object in use is displayed In addition to name and current state date including the time of the last change and the action set start abend and end are displayed New functions for the editing of JobPlans When positioning objects in a JobPlan they are arranged on an invisible screen Now it is possible to add or remove lines and columns to or from this screen The appropriate commands can be called through the popup menu in the JobPlan graphics Call of the last monitor of a JobPlan in Schedule Monitor In the Schedule Monitor the monitors of individual JobPlans are also available if they exist If no monitor is found for a particular JobPlan as it is in a waiting condition for the starting point or is inactive the last monitor can be opened after a request Display of system status The system status is now displayed with a traffic light symbol This can easily be found next to the AE logo in the right upper corner of the DialogClient Performance Improvement With th
183. he originator of an activation is referred to as the superordinate task parent See also Child Children partially qualified FileTransfer File transfers that use wildcard characters in order to transfer several files as opposed to fully qualified file transfers period container Controls the execution of periodical tasks perspective Separate functional area of the Enterprise Control Center s ECC web interface The perspectives Process Automation and Process Monitoring provide functionalities of the Automation Platform predefined variables Fixed variables that can be used in the attributes or the script of executable objects The values refer to the object or the system primary work process It is responsible for the execution of AE internal tasks and work processes 205 Chapter Glossary 17Q e Queue A particular AE object type In AE a Queue determines the maximum number of concurrent tasks their priorities and the order in which tasks should be executed In ARA queues are containers for workflow executions Queues are intended to run repeatedly within a planned timeframe The assigned workflow executions are grouped together and are processed when the current queue run starts e QueueManager Deprecated Term Replaced by RemoteTaskManager 18R RA Agent An agent that can be connected to a particular RA Solution and thus provide this solution s functionalities to an AE system It is the interface between
184. her branch is processed e ForEach Workflows These Workflows represent a loop For each line of a VARA object or the entry of an array a task chain is processed once G The properties of IF and ForEach Workflow tasks are the same as the properties of Standard Workflow tasks The Preconditions and Postconditions tabs in the properties of Workflow tasks now include the PUBLISH VALUE statement The following newpredefined variables have been implemented amp LOOP_COUNT e amp LOOP_INDEX e amp RETURNCODE e amp STATUS 21 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Rollback For objects you can now define backup or rollback actions in the new Rollback tab which is available in all executable objects that can be part of a Workflow There are two different types of backup rollback e Custom backup rollback Here you specify an executable object for backup and rollback actions e File backup rollback This action is only available for Unix Windows Jobs and FileTransfers You must specify a directory or certain files for the backup and rollback action A backup is made when you activate an object a rollback only when you explicitly make a Rollback For a more detailed description see Rollback The following new features are available e The new ROLLBACK action in the Postconditions tab in the properties of Workflow tasks It runs the task in rollback mode e Anew agent variable for Windows and UNIX agents UC_EX_PATH
185. hrough the title bar the messages command from the view menu was not deactivated Also the message window symbol pushed when message window is displayed was not released again in the tool bar S 25471 Selective statistics displayed additional tasks with wrong end status When the statistics was called for tasks having ended with the ANY_ABEND status all tasks with ENDED_OK were also selected S 25978 Version 3 01C No display of reports in the Activity Window In the Activity Window selection it is possible to select the object types to be displayed in the Activity Window Reports are included in this list So far they have not been displayed in the Activity Window even if this was selected Executor AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities External Integration Version 3 01C Host information in Executor log Host name and TCP IP Address are printed in the Executor log The particular message is written after the lines logged by the INI files Example U2000066 Host information Host name NB0053 IP Address 192 168 114 99 179 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 End Executor with Automation Engine The Automation Engine can end the Exector Currently this is only used internally for license checks Missing Executor response to server message Ina FileTransfer with wildcard characters and with the script function PREP_PROCESS FILE NAME the Executor sends a message contain
186. idual users and user groups of the Automation Engine AE system A particular AE object type Notification Monitor Window of the Notification that is sent to one or severeal users at runtime nonstop process Part of the component Automation Engine Nonstop processes assume processing if the computer with the active server processes fails a amp 15 0 Orchestration Editor Editor to orchestrate EventBase components such as Maps and Sockets object Automation Engine controlled activities and processes are structured in the form of objects see also Task object class There are four classes of objects executable active passive and system objects object type An individual object is provided for the individual activities User UserGroup Notification Cockpit CodeTable Documentation Event Agent FileTransfer Group Include Job Workflow Calendar Login Client RemoteTaskManager Schedule Script Server Sync Variable and TimeZone object variables Placeholder for values that are stored in an object s Variables amp Prompts tab de 16 P e Predictive Analytics A separate UC4 product It is a complex graphical analysis tool that produces various interactive graphical representations called visualizations of a data set The visualizations can show both individual data values or aggregations depending on which functions and features that you use If the special eventBase for SLA results data is implemented in your company you
187. ient numbers Executors are components of AE systems instead of Automation Engines AE status database parameters no longer exist no Standby server and no SDB are two new commands for AE systems The AE command prompt discovery of Executors no longer exists 9 5 Release Notes Version 3 01A Release date of Version 3 01A 2 27 2003 9 6 Release Notes Version 3 01B 9 6 1 Highlights Highlights New_Functions Improvements Corrections e Modified version policy for UC4 global e UC4 authorization system is active New and extended script elements e Event from Console event type available e Display and change JCL of a started job e New functions for editing JobPlans e USA style week view in the Calendar e Optional automatic opening of monitors e Java Call Interface available 183 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Modified version policy for UC4 global With version 3 01B a modified version policy for UC4 global comes into force Slight modifications of the database structure are now possible with all releases As before no data conversions are necessary Modifications of the database scheme such as splitting tables in different tablespaces must followed Changes of the database structure can require a reinstallation of the utilities and other program components If this is the case the release notes provide the required information Required installations are documented in a special table 9 6 2 New Functions
188. ified in the Output Scan tab are taken before PostProcess is processed Reaction to the return codes of executable objects P The Runtime tab of all executable objects now contains an additional option which can be used to specify an object tobe started if the task does not end with a return coderanging within the area of ENDED_OK Extended Notification object P 1 The recipient can now specify User and UserGroup objects and email addresses 2 In addition to Alert Message and Request the new type Email can be selected It facilitates the sending of emails without a Notification monitor to be displayed This new types requires the Email connection to be installed in the UC4 Server 3 The maximum number of characters for Notifications has been increased from 1024 to 8000 4 The new tabincludes the notification settings The Recipient tabcontains the persons to which the message should be sent For the sake of clarity all other possible settings have been moved tothe Attributes tab New object type Connection CONN The new object type Connection contains the connection parameters for RA Solutions andSAP agents 55 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A 5 2 1 Database MS SQL Server 2008 supported as UC4 Database Refer to the corresponding configuration notes Partitioning with ILM P Partitioningmeans that the data shown below is stored to specific areas e Statistical records e Reports e Messages e Data for
189. ify a maximum number of search results to be displayed in the UC4 Explorer and the selective statistics This influences performance positively The default value is 5000 Maximum number of lines increased for PREP_PROCESS By default data of the script elements PREP_PROCESS is supplied in lines It can however also be structured in columns Now up to 22 columns can be defined instead of 10 with the parameter LENGTH_TAB No limitation of the maximum number of tasks per Executor Themaximum number of tasksthat can be executed simultaneously can be defined for each Executor with a value ranging from 0 to 999999999 You can also specify that the number of tasks is not monitored The script elements SET_UC_ SETTING and GET _ UC_SETTING both use the value UNLIMITED in these cases Sync check after a cold start After a cold start of the Server processes all tasks that are in the condition Waiting for Sync are checked and then continued New start parameters for the UC4 SNMP subagent for UNIX Linux The following parameters can be set X Starting the agent with agentx support The following parameters can be used if the subagent starts without the parameter x i file Path of the subagent s configuration file s file Snmptrap command of the ucd snmp package Extended Functionality CREATE_OBJECT MODIFY_OBJECT and REMOVE_OBJECT In addition to the objects Variable and Calendar Login objects can now also be handled
190. in the System Overview has been replaced by the new Services column It includes either the value MAIL E mail connection is active SQL Database Agent is used to resolve SQL variables or no entry at all Windows Unix and Java agents SAP JMX RA and SQL of version 9 00A are always displayed with an active E mail connection Ay The term JCL variant has been renamed in the UserInterface The new term is platform a The Express command in the Activity Window s context menu has been renamed to Ignore Agent Resource Documentation A The requirements for the UC4 Automation Platform are now also available online in the UC4 Knowledge Base Changed Terminology a OS 390 has been renamed to z OS in the UC4 Documentation and the message library because the platform OS 390 is no longer supported 3 The term UC4 Server has been replaced by UC4 Automation Engine 4 1 4 What s New Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues Automation Engine 34 New object type Queue QUEUE Queue objects can be used to combine several executable objects which should be started with a particular priority and a particular maximum number of tasks which can run parallel max slots These settings can also be changed for a particular period of time exceptions All objects start within a Queue A Queue object can be selected in the Attributes tab of executable ob
191. index GET_ATT_PLAIN Supplies the value of a task s attributes during its generation Variables are not resolved LENGTH Retrieves the size of a script array MODIFY_SYSTEM Executes ServiceManager actions or Queue modifications SYS_ACT_RESTART_COUNT Returns the number of restarted Workflows which have been executed using the script statement RESTART TASK Postconditions Extended Functionality PUT_READ_BUFFER Variables that are located in the ReadBuffer override the PromptSet variables of objects that have been started with ACTIVATE_UC_ OBJECT PUT_VAR Several values can be written to several columns of a static Variable object at once ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT The task can now be started by using new parameters in a particular Queue object and with an alias A further parameter determines whether the PromptSet input dialog should be displayed CREATE_OBJECT Creating static variables with the new data types time and date is possible Data types are now specified differently the former spelling is still supported GET_PROCESS LINE Access to the extended column number of Variable objects GET_STATISTIC_DETAIL New detail RUNID The script no longer aborts if a statistical record cannot be found The error can be handled using ON_ERROR GET_VAR Specification of a column number that can be used to access the Variable MODIFY_OBJECT Modification of the data type of static variables which includes the new data types date and ti
192. indow This function can also be used for external dependencies You can also use an alias for tasks that are activated once or recurrently see Execution with Options or activate it by using the script element ACTIVATE UC _ OBJECT Userlnterface Improved navigation in the Userlnterface e The Quick Access function can be used for a quick object search within a client and direct access to them e Use the Quick Search in windows which list the objects This function is only available for the following areas UC4 Explorer Statistics Activity Window Forecast Auto Forecast Search and System Overview It is a text search which displays search results in the form of a list and highlights the matching objects e Fields in the tabs of objects provide a Quick Search function and a Quick Access function via the context menu e Quick Search in Workflows The new function Connect to context menu of the Line Tool can be used to connect Workflow tasks via Quick Search New column Platform The Activity Window the UC4 Explorer and the Statistics include the new column Platform which displays the platform specific symbols of jobs RemoteTaskManager events agent groups file transfers and agents Automation Engine Using floating point numbers and negative numbers in UC4 Script e Variables can now be created with a specific data type which signalizes that a Variable is a string a positive or negative integer or a floating point n
193. infrastructure for a specific set of lt EventBases gt on a lt worker gt DevOps DevOps is the combination of development and operations in a single role DialogClient Deprecated Term Replaced by Userlnterface data sequence An internal listing of Console outputs or lines of Variable objects etc The lines of a data sequence can be accessed by using a PROCESS loop or the script element GET _ PROCESS LINE The script elements PREP_PROCESS generate data sequences dialog process A part of the Automation Engine component and a special form of work process Is exclusively responsible for Userlnterface messages dynamic variables A Variable object with the attributes Source SQL SQL internal Multi or Filelist Values are directly retrieved from the data source and not stored in the object E mail connection This is a functionality of Windows and UNIX Agents that is used to send e mails Enterprise Control Center A separate Automic product Web application that allows access to the functions of various Automation Engine applications and products in a quick and easy way Available for download from the Automic Download Center Event Action that is triggered if particular conditions apply A particular Automation Engineobject type Event ID First RunID of FileSystem and Console Events Both Event types require communication between the component Automation Engine and Agent They communicate via the first RunlD Otherwise Ev
194. ing a list of file names to the server When the server negatively acknowledged this message the Executor did not respond S 27587 Failure at the Automation Engine Registration Inthe INI file of the Executors you can find the CP_LIST section which contains a list of communication processes The Executor shut down when it failed to connect to the first communication process Now the Executor tries to connect to the other communication processes of the list S 27898 Version 3 01C Starting Jobs in Oracle Applications 11i impossible Jobs could not be started in Oracle Applications Version 11 5 8 The reason was that the package FND_PROFILE Function PUT only existed in version 11 5 5 Instead FND_ GLOBAL APPS_ INITIALIZE is used now S 27944 Version 3 01B z OS job name ignored The name for an z OS job defined in the z OS tab was ignored A job name was always generated for the target system without considering potential defaults S 25204 Version 3 01C Executor crash for events of console type The Executor crashed when an event monitored the console for the message CPF3837 Inserts of DTS and CHAR types with variable lengths were not correctly processed S 25649 Version 3 01B Automation Engine 180 Display of process instance number or of session ID can be selected It is now possible to define which process information shall be displayed in the activity window the detail and in the statistics for
195. ings that should be used in the UC4 system Additionally you can check whether or not imported XML files have the same encoding Enter the required values in UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGSusing the validity keywords XML_ ENCODING and XML_ENCODING_CHECK Automation Engine 96 Display of unread messages P Administrator and security messages are usually not displayed unless a User with authorization to obtain them has logged on to the UC4 system A new function is now available which serves to collect these messages so that they can be displayed when an authorized User logs on You can activate that unread messages should be collected in the UC4 VariableUC _ SYSTEM_SETTINGSusing the validity keywords UNREAD_MESSAGES and UNREAD_MESSAGES_BUFFER Improved CallOperator notification It can be specified in the settings of the DialogClient whether the CallOperator monitor should open automatically when a message arrives Also the DialogClient is now maximized so that notification is visualized to a higher extent Linking lines in JobPlans improved The lines connecting individual tasks in JobPlans are now displayed in the form of arrows Now they clearly indicate the order in which tasks are processed Extended search command An extensive context menu lists the results of the Search function The new command Explorer is very useful because it opens the UC4 Explorer in exactly the same folder in which the object that was searched for is available Menu ite
196. installation of basic components Use the UC4 Installer for installing your UC4 system It is available under Windows and can be used to install the UC4 Server utilities ServiceManager and the UC4 Documentation and copy the files for SAP and Windows Executors on your local computer It can also be used to load initial data and licenses to the UC4 Database The UC4 Installer can optionally be used manual installation is also possible for all described installation steps Requirement Java JRE Version 1 4 and 1 5 6 2 1 Database DB2 version 8 1 OS 390 is now supported Contact UC4 Support before installing this version of DB2 6 2 2 Server Extended protection for the UC4 Server Internal messages which are invalid because of their contents and cannot be processed by a Server process are now separated by default They are listed in thequarantinearea of the System Overview Diagnostic records which can be sent to the UC4 Support are created if such a message has been identified This function protects your UC4 system because the invalid messages do not affect the Server processes Automation Engine 72 Improved performance when using Sync objects Syncs are now exclusively released by the primary work process Processing speed can be improved by three to five times Assuming activities of a different user P A new function makes it possible to assume tasks which were started by a different user to a Schedule etc This task is then process
197. ion has been removed and now this menu can be specified client specifically in the appropriate UC4 Variable SH 38135 Executors Incomplete logging for missing work processes It sometimes happened that not the whole logging was stored in the UC4 database This occurred when the Executor sent its logging although there were no active work processes available in the UC4 system Now the Executor does only send the logging after having received a corresponding message S 31625 Automation Engine 154 Sporadic Executor crash The Executor tried to delete the report file when the job log had been transferred to the UC4 Server The Executor sporadically abended when this was not possible SH 38313 Connection data was not written in the UC4 Variable forms The SAP Executor for Sun Solaris did not insert the retrieved connection data to the SAP system in the UC4 Variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT This was corrected and manual maintenance is no longer needed S 31403 Executor crashed when Job was canceled in the Activity Window command setting Canceling a UNIX job in the Activity Window caused the Executor to crash This however only happened when the type command was activated in the host tab The reason was that the process ID of the group was missing S 33289 Erroneous restart ability of Executors for HP UX If an Executor is ended during ongoing job processes these can be continued as soon as the Executor has been restarted and th
198. iptions of the configuration files e g INI files This makes the installation process much easier 6 3 5 Utilities New start parameter V Use the start parameter V and the Executors supply the UC4 version and hotfix number Search function in data area Contents of statistics messages and reports can now directly searched in the Archive Browser 6 3 6 ServiceManager Clear structured SMD file TheSMD file sreadability has been increased variables can now be used in DEFINE statements 85 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A 7 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements e UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX released e UC4 Executor for Linux SLES Version 9 on Itanium released e UC4 Executor for NSK H Series on Itanium released e UC4 ServiceManager for Linux SLES Version 9 on Itanium released e UC4 Smart Plug In for HP OpenView Operations on UNIX released e New QueueManager object e External JobPlan dependencies e Dynamic Calendar e Revision report for object modifications e Open Interface to Output Management Systems e Performance optimization e System Schedule e Multi desktop mode e Hierarchical Activity Window e FileTransfer compression e Password Exit e Generation Data Groups now supported in the UC4 Executor for OS 390 e Monitoring files to be closed in the UC4 Executor for OS 390 e Integration in SAP Enterprise Portal iViews e Viewing objects via the UC4
199. is client before you start the deletion process A login window is automatically called The client can only be irrevocably deleted after a successful login procedure Output of file name for database loading now also in log file The file selected or attached to the parameter X in batch mode by the user for the loading process is now also registered in the log file of the loading program Example U0021596 File read C UC4 db general 3 01C UC_UPD TXT The test result has been extended for various statistics The utility UCYBDBCHK EXE checks the existing databases before UC4 global is implemented The test result is written to a HTML file Now this file also contains various statistics such as e g the number of objects per client per object type and client the number of reports per client and the number of statistical records per client or host type 8 5 4 Corrections Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server Deactivation of JobPlan despite correct settings in the Attributes tab Inthe Result tab in the JobPlan it is possible to react to the end status of a task If Halt was selected for the first task as a reaction to a non reached status the JobPlan didn t remain available in the Activity Window This always occurred when the succeeding task was started immediately and regardless of whether After the program has error free ended was selected in the JobPlan for automatic deactivation S 24307 Num
200. ith the agent platforms in the Type column The new script element GET LOGIN has been implemented and the script element MODIFY _ OBJECT has been extended You can now use these extensions in order to define Login information not only for agents but also for backend systems New option for FileTransfers Transfer complete folder structure So far empty folders have not been transferred in partially qualified FileTransfers You can now change this behavior by setting the new option Transfer complete folder structure FileTransfer tab For compatibility reasons this setting is not active by default You can also use the newattributeFT_TRANSFER_FOLDERS with GET_ATT or PUT_ATT to activate this setting Service Pack 3 A Workflows are referred to as ProcessFlows prior to UC4 v9 SP 3 A Service Pack 3 includes database modifications Automation Engine 20 New Workflow types IF and FOREACH Service Pack 3 provides two new Workflows types IF and FOREACH Workflows The default Workflow type is Standard G You can define the Workflow type when you create the object The Template window now also includes all three Workflow types Standard IF and ForEach To define Workflows of type IF and FOREACH you can use the new Logic tab which replaces the former Workflow tab e IF Workflows These Workflows have exactly two serial branches to which you can add tasks Depending on the user defined condition s either the one or the ot
201. ity Time required for exports increased with the number of objects included Now the XML parser was optimized in order to keep export times as short as possible Conversion of alphabetic characters during imports was missing As no lower case letters are allowed in object names they will automatically be converted to upper case letters S 31972 Incorrect display of German Umlauts after exports The contents of the Activity Window the Statistics Window and others can be exported to files The generated CSV file however did not show Umlauts correctly This mainly affected the documentation tab when objects were imported or exported S 32552 Script of PeopleSoft Jobs was deleted when Java Object Adapter was missing The ERP forms for PeopleSoft required the availability of the file psjoa jar An error affecting the content of the Process tab occurred if this file was not available Now Offline mode is used when there is no Java Object Adapter Place holder for the Executor when importing Console Events If it is found during the import process of a Console Event that the Executor does not exist in the UC4 system anymore the text box of the Console tab shows a place holder instead e g lt WIN gt Entries in the menu Send To were not client specific If connections to several clients were established in one DialogClient the menu Sent To always contained the entries of the connection that had been established first This malfunct
202. ity Window This always occurred when the succeeding task was started immediately and regardless of whether After the program has error free ended was selected in the JobPlan for automatic deactivation S 24307 Numeric entries not possible in READ due to a wrong default value In READ statements it is also possible to limit the user entry to numbers of a certain number range If the minimum value was gt 0 and if no default value was set it was not possible to make entries Now the minimum value is taken as default value Example READ 8 VALUE 3 5 Number N SH 28246 Automation Engine 120 Forecast calculation incorrect for a periodic turnaround later than 00 00 The Forecast assumed a wrong starting date for the calendar check of schedules when the periodic turnaround was later than 00 00 The same held for JobPlans with starting point on the next day If an object of the JobPlan had a condition specified in the Earliest tab it was not considered S 28571 Version 3 02B Object name could contain invalid characters CREATE_OBJECT The script element CREATE OBJECT creates Calendars and Variables Invalid characters were accepted up to now for object names This has been changed and now a warning message with a list of all allowed characters is displayed when invalid characters are used S 31965 Script element PREP_PROCESS_FILENAME could not be fully used in the Event object The script element PREP_PROCESS_FILENAME can a
203. jects The object is automatically executed in the Client Queue if no other Queue object has been selected Queue objects take over the main functions of Groups JOBG Groups are only used as containers for tasks New object type PRPT PromptSet PromptSet objects are user defined prompts which can be used to query values during an object s activation Variables similar to object variables provide the values to the started object and can also be changed PromptSet objects are assigned via the Variables amp Prompts tab which is available in almost all executable objects The input dialog is defined in theDesigner tab of PromptSet objects via drag and drop you can select and arrange the various graphical control elements e g text fields checkboxes date and time fields etc Subsequently you can specify a particular behavior for the control elements allowed values default values etc in the properties It is possible to override the default values of PromptSet elements for executable objects and Workflow and Schedule tasks using the Variables amp Prompts tab The Values tab has been extended and the newVariables amp Prompts tab is available in the task properties of Workflows and Schedules Dynamic retrieval of Variable object values The Variable object has been extended It is now possible to retrieve values from a particular data source when the Variable object is directly accessed The available data sources are an extern
204. jects based on filter settings Path definition for variable UC_EX_PATH_BIN in Windows agent s INI file As of version 8 the path to the working directory in the variable UC_EX_PATH_BIN of the agent s INI file can be defined either as a relative or an absolute path If all agent variables have been defined you can use one of the two path definition variants Support for Informix databases Setting up the stand alone agent for IBM WebSphere SOAP Connector TheJ2EE JMX agent can now also be installed stand alone if you use IBM WebSphere This installation type is applicable if the agent addresses several IBM WebSphere Servers whose MBeans should be used The agent is installed in an IBM WebSphere cell and connects to the MBean Server of the Deployment Manager DMGR which controls the individual IBM WebSphere application servers MBean for Business Objects Official support for Crystal Reports XI R3 External Job Monitor for the OS 390 agent The external job monitor can be used to identify jobs under OS 390 which have not been started by UC4 With the Event monitor and the agent it is then possible to trigger an Event object in the UC4 system Restoring a Job Status using the Job Messenger You can now use the Job Messenger output to retrieve the status of Jobs that have been executed while the agent was inactive More details are described in the document Agent Combining UC4 and OS 400 The UC4 agent has been for PeopleSoft version 8 5
205. ked client e g output_c02_030317_133707 html If the C parameter has not been specified all clients are checked as before Version 3 01C Objects logged with path descriptions The check program checks existing databases before they are changed over to UC4 global The test result is written ina HTML file An entry is made for each object whose status is to be logged by the utility Now the entry also indicates in which folder the particular object is stored Objects created by users in client 0000 are logged The HTML file which is created at database check before changeover to UC4 global now also contains a list of all objects created by users in the system client 0000 9 4 Corrections AE Database AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities External Integration 177 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 Version 3 01B Initial data errors ATTRDIA SAP and ATTRDIA SAPBW The system client 0000 Includes for SAP job attribute dialogs contained incorrect host type definitions This had the effect that it was only possible to execute jobs for SAP Executors but not for SAP BW Executors and only the SAP Executors were offered for selection in an attribute dialog S 25463 Errors in the initial data 2 holiday calendar Inthe holiday calendars supplied with the initial data in the system client some holiday assignments were missing There was no calendar content at all for Malaysia Hong Ko
206. ks object or PromptSet variable e PUT PROCESS LINE Adds a line to a certain data sequence e ROLLBACK_UC_OBJECT Executes the rollback of a specific task e STR_PAD Extends a string to a certain length e STR_SPLIT Splits a string to several parts using a separator Net areas in UC4 The CPs of aUC4 system can now be located in different net areas This way you can manipulate the CP selection of components such as agents You can use the new parameter NetArea TCP IP section in the Automation Engine s INI filefor this purpose TheSystem Overview of the Server processesnow includes the new column Net area UC4 DB Change Modifying RA attributes You can now use the utility UC4 DB Change in order to change the specific attributes of RA Jobs Inthe script file you must specify the attribute that should be changed as follows CVALUE attribute name SAP Solution Manager Integration The Solution Manager in SAP can now be used to retrieve information from a UC4 system and to perform certain actions Extended SAP agent functions are now available In the SAP Connection objects you can now configure the settings of the SMSE interface SAP CallAPI The SAP Java Connector version 3 0 is now supported A Note that as of ServicePack 3 the SAP CallAPI does not support any other Java Connector version Extended function of the script element GET_UC_SETTING The script element GET_UC_SETTING can now also retrieve values from
207. languages This applies to the Automation Engine documentation the supplied files and the Automic Download Center a The folder Docu which is part of the supplied disk image has been renamed to Documentation 3 As of Version 10 object variables and PromptSet variables can be used within the bind parameters of SQL SECURE type and SQLI SECURE type VARA objects New Functions Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues New Automation Engine versioning As of Version 10 a Automation Engine version number is composed of the following Characters x y z pre build nnn e x Major Release main version e y Minor Release minor version e Z Service Pack patch e pre pre release optional Possible values dev developer build or beta beta version e nnn the number of the build Example of a complete version number 10 2 1 dev build 234 For more detailed information refer to the chapter Automation Engine Version Indicators Executable Objects Now Include the New Option Active The new option Active which is available in the Header tab of executable objects lets you make tasks inactive through their object definition When the option Active is not set a task s execution will be skipped and it obtains the new status ENDED_INACTIVE _ OBJECT retum code1925 A new query is available in the Userlnterface Inactive Workflow Tasks You can tu
208. ld be processed on a particular computer This is a new UC4 object type HostGroups combine Executors in order to avoid that several objects must be created when a task is processed on several hosts HostGroups can also handle the execution of tasks through specified modes On the one hand HostGroups execute tasks on all Executors and on the other hand they also realize workload distribution as they start tasks on particular Executors The following modes are available e Randomly selected Executor e Thefirst active Executor in the table e The Executor listed next in the table e The Executor with the lowest workload e On all active Executors e On all active and inactive Executors A simulation shows the Executors belonging to the HostGroup and the Executor on which the new task will run New virtual Executor Variable UC_EX_HOST_ROLE Executor role Any name which can be used as a filter in HostGroups Several role names must be separated with the character This parameter is limited to 256 characters New Script function PREP_PROCESS_HOSTGROUP Prepares the processing of a data sequence Executors of a HostGroup object New variable type for passing on values to child tasks Almost all executable objects now include the new tab Values It can be used to specify variable which should be used in the Process tabs No additional step is required to read theseobject variables they are directly available as script variables
209. le end NN ahh 0 156 8 7 2 Improvements ns 157 WC SGIV GT AA A A scl ines hing Aaland Ot NS 157 DialogClient 2 0 0 0 2 e cece cece coco cece ccc ccc cece eee c cee ceeeeeeeeeeeenees 157 EXPO tt e e de alan 158 UUINTES yee ase SS A A Nr ds 158 Automation Engine ix Documentation 4 2 2c0eso Lieve vitone in ic sesestenes tal lor docu cots yolk 158 8 7 3 COMES id A a al hd hh sds das 2 158 UGA SGI Gis o ed nasal tevin etek noe danced yl eianGietssceies Aaciilide sh inte ba ET 158 DidlogGlients 2 4 2 2302 te ous Cone nies ead ea a A cn ons n gt At 159 EXEC o st do Au O fee 159 Utilities lies 160 9 Release Notes Version 3 07 ooooccccccccccccccccccccccccncccnnnnccnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 161 9 1 Highlights ooococcccccccccccccccccccccccoccnoccncccnoccnnccnncnnnnnnncnnnncnnnnnncnnnncnoss 161 Version 3 00A 3 0 Ao tt diras 161 Y ersion 3 01B scocrorrtos cti A E E WAS SCOT oe ot Late Soe 161 NEPSION 3 0 lr dle del de ihe dock Meise ce Sl 161 9 2 New FunctiOns cuco id A EO 161 Automation Engine 2813 veces es atu tds segue tae sees eee adds 161 DialogGlienty 5 a hs Ae vt Sone sd nbc ele ites tae tios das 163 EXCCULOMS lt n oS ine poet E EITAN E EEE E tias 168 Cal ARF eesti tees Le AP de eo a o e LES 170 Utilities 2 secon Fon id sp els 170 9 3 Improvements eesse fone II eee hd a al Sy G 171 AE Database nn 171 Automation Engine 2 0 0 2 cece cece cece cc ccc cc ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeteneeees 171 DialogClient estroma Me
210. lights Version 3 02A e Executor for PeopleSoft Version 8 4 released e Executor for OS 400 released e New System Overview e Explorer with three new functions e Structured Documentation with supporting Script elements e Version Control for objects New and extended Script elements New variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT in the system client e Output of detail text of SAP messages Version 3 02B e UC4 NonStopServer e New type of Server process Dialog Process DWP available e Auto Forecast for displaying tasks that will run e New design for Detail Windows e Magnetic windows in the DialogClient e Drag amp Drop supported in the Search dialog and context menu extended e Versions Management directly in the object including a restore function e Tasks and task chains can now be copied from one JobPlan or Schedule to another e New chapter Inside UC4 and Example Collection included in the documentation e The utilities have been improved and can now be used platform independently e Accessing the AE system through the Internet with UC4 WebGUI e New tool supporting the migration process e Oracle version 10g is now supported e UC4 Executor for GCOS 8 SR 5 2 released e UC4 Executor for SAP on Linux and z Linux released e UC4 Executor for MPE 6 5 including CallAPl released HP3000 e UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft for People Tools version 8 44 and 8 45 released e UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft on AIX 5 1 released e UC4 Executor for Si
211. lists that have been requested using the function R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL or the parameter GET_SPOOL see script element above are automatically registered as external job output Synchronous execution of process chains BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN new parameter SY NCHRONOUS The exact states of the child processes are now displayed in the Activity Window s Remote status column The Activity Window combines process chains and their child processes within an SAP job as separate nodes 3 TheSAP Forms tabhas also been extended for these new functions Searching for RA Values The Search can now also consider the specific fields of RA objects Jobs Connections Service Pack 1 A Note that Service Pack 1 includes database modifications Prompts New Features Dynamic PromptSet elements PromptSets of Workflow tasks can also be shown A Text fields with the property Value required in the PromptSet input dialog are no longer highlighted in yellow when you have not specified any value Automation Engine 26 UC4 DB Load Modification The dialog that displays if an SQL error occurs while the initial data is loaded now includes a new Repeat button Calling this button has the effect that the SQL commands are re executed starting at the position at which the error has occurred The process continues if the problem does not occur anymore Using Prompts and Object Variables in Cockpits The Variables amp Prompts tab is now also available for
212. loaded any time with the archive program Revision report for object modifications P This function allows the creation of reports which log modifications and adaptations made to objects Hence all changes can completely be traced The following areas are monitored e Task starts e Modifications at runtime e Task abortions e Imported objects e Deleted objects e Modifications to objects e Unauthorized accesses of any kind The revision program UCYBDBRR EXE is available for exporting this data to reports Logging can be activated in the individual clients by setting the validity keyword OBJECT_AUDIT in the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS to Y The data can then be unloaded with the revision program at any time 7 2 7 ServiceManager UC4 ServiceManager for Linux SLES Version 9 on Itanium released 7 2 8 CallAPI GCOS8 CallAPI can be called from own programs The CallAP for GCOS8 can be called from the utility and from own programs Example files are provide on the delivery directory Automation Engine 94 7 2 9 WebGUI Viewing objects Objects of type FileTransfer Job JobPlan Include and Script can now be opened and their settings be viewed in the WebGUI Modifying these objects is not possible 7 2 10 Integration Integration in SAP Enterprise Portal iViews Tasks can now be started and monitored using the SAP Enterprise Portal UC4 global provides the current status via the iView technology The requirements are
213. lso be used in the script of an Event object If however the optional parameter was used for the Login object an error message was displayed S 31687 Incorrect calculation of maximum runtime for tasks in Schedules It is possible to make settings for monitoring the runtime of tasks in Schedules With the corresponding maximum runtime MRT AE can monitor a task and react when the limit is exceeded This value was not correctly calculated S 32621 Job report was not deleted although the corresponding option was selected When executing Jobs you can specify if the job report is to be stored or deleted host specific tab It happened from time to time that these reports could not be deleted although the corresponding option had been activated Mostly this occurred when a file name was generated incompletely S 31887 UTC was used instead of the specified time zone When processing the script element SET_ CONDITION which defines starting conditions for JobPlans UTC Coordinated Universal Time was used thereby setting the wrong starting time Now the time zone of the task if available or of the user or client is used S 32728 S 30305 With the script function GET_WIN_EVENT the date and time of an Event can be determined with the keyword TIMESTAMP UTC used to be returned by mistake instead of the client s time zone S 36286 The version management can now also be activated in the client settings So far the objects that we
214. lso specify the Solution name provided that the platform DIT RA has been selected In doing so AgentGroups can only include RA agents of a particular Solution which provides for clear assignments Automation Engine 40 Holiday Calendars have been revised The Calendar objects that are supplied in the system client have been improved Some Calendar keywords have been corrected and additional ones have been added Invalid holidays have been removed The following keywords and Calendar objects are affected CORPUS_CHRISTI UC_HOLIDAYS F UC_HOLIDAYS HK UC_HOLIDAYS I UC_ HOLIDAYS IRE UC_HOLIDAYS L UC_HOLIDAYS LV UC_HOLIDAYS M UC_HOLIDAYS MAL UC_HOLIDAYS MEX UC_HOLIDAYS NL UC_ HOLIDAYS SGP UC_HOLIDAYS SLO UC_HOLIDAYS TUR ASCENSION_DAY UC_HOLIDAY HK UC_HOLIDAYS 1 UC_HOLIDAYS IRE UC_ HOLIDAYS LV UC_HOLIDAYS M UC_HOLIDAYS MAL UC_ HOLIDAYS MEX UC_HOLIDAYS P UC_HOLIDAYS PL UC_ HOLIDAYS SGP UC_HOLIDAYS SLO UC_HOLIDAYS TUR e WHIT_MONDAY UC_HOLIDAY HK UC_HOLIDAYS 1 UC_HOLIDAYS IRE UC_ HOLIDAYS LV UC_HOLIDAYS M UC_HOLIDAYS MAL UC_ HOLIDAYS MEX UC_HOLIDAYS PL UC_HOLIDAYS SGP UC_ HOLIDAYS SLO UC_HOLIDAYS TUR EASTER_SUNDAY EASTER_MONDAY EASTER UC_HOLIDAYS MAL UC_HOLIDAYS MEX UC_HOLIDAYS SGP UC_ HOLIDAYS TUR GOOD_FRIDAY UC_HOLIDAYS MAL UC_HOLIDAYS PL UC_HOLIDAYS SLO UC_ HOLIDAYS TUR e LABOR_DAY UC_HOLIDAYS NL CHINESE NEW YEAR 3RD DAY UC_HOLIDAYS SGP FIRST DAY OF FASTING CHRISTMAS UC_H
215. m for duplicating folders So far folders could be duplicated using the SHIFT key Now an extra menu item is available for doing so Earliest start time displayed The Detail Window of JobPlans now displays the earliest starting time if it was specified in the START box Start time for tasks in Schedules The point of time defined for the Schedule s periodic turnaround is automatically suggested as start time Duplicated lines in Forms The Forms tab in PeopleSoft and SAP jobs now contains a new button for duplicating lines which allows the ease of creating scripts Exclusion of Script usage y When deleting or renaming an object you can have a list showing the usage of this object in other objects be displayed A new validity keyword is now available in client settings which can be used to include or exclude object used in scripts Enter the validity keywordSEARCH_SCRIPT_FOR_USAGE in the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_ SETTINGS and assign a value Y or N Limitation of displayed objects P The number of objects to be displayed in the Recycle Bin and Version Management can now be specified The current date serves as the basis i e the last n objects are displayed Enter the validity keywords TRASHBIN_SHOW_MAX and VERSIONS_SHOW_MAX in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS and assign the required values Selectable time format Now users can specify their own preferred format of time display Time format Calendar tab By default the co
216. m this on or off in the settings This query appears when you try to insert an object into a workflow despite it having been made inactive in its object definition the option Active in the Header tab is not set A subsequent change of the Active option does not affect active long running tasks Such as Schedule objects RemoteTaskManagers and groups Allowing Specific Characters within the Alias Names of Workflow Tasks You can now use the new setting ALIAS SPECIAL _ CHARACTERS in the variable UC __ CLIENT_SETTINGS to allow the use of specific characters in the alias names of workflow tasks Characters that are usually not allowed such as can now be used in alias names Automation Engine 8 New Predefined Variables e amp MRT The object s maximum runtime in seconds e amp RUNTIME The task s current runtime in seconds e amp SRT The object s minimum runtime in seconds New Object Type Dashboard The new Dashboard object can exclusively be used with the product Enterprise Control Center ECC which is a web interface that allows you to access various products The Dashboard object does not provide functions forthe Automation Engine and only includes a Header tab and a Documentation tab To use dashboards in ECC simply create them in the Automation Engine and assign the relevant rights New Functions e CLEAR Resets a script array to its initial values e ARRAY_2_ STRING Converts a script array to a string
217. mbly perspective Additional operations in the Navigator s Explorer area The following additional operations are now available in the Explorer area Move duplicate and rename Process Assembly perspective Icons and improved presentation of actions previously also referred to as runbooks Actions which are available in the Functions area of the object selection menu are now displayed with an individual content related icon Also the readability of long object names and titles has been improved Actions are useful for defining Deployment Workflows Deployment Manager 45 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Service Pack 4 Process Monitoring perspective The new function Workflow Monitor is now available You can use the activity list of the Process Monitoring perspective in order to call the monitor of Workflows It lists the Workflow tasks and shows general information and details about their runs Process Assembly perspective The new function Conditions is now available The new areas Preconditions and Postconditions are now available in the Workflow Editor in the properties of Workflow tasks Here you can define conditions and actions that will either be processed before Preconditions or after Postconditions the task has run These conditions and actions are structured as blocks and can also be nested Depending on the definitions they can manipulate or delay the task s execution Renaming of the Process Automation pers
218. me Data types are now specified differently the former spelling is still supported MODIFY_TASK The alias of Workflow tasks that have been added using the corresponding script element can be changed MODIFY_UC_OBJECT The attribute SET EXPRESS can also be used for Queue objects PREP_PROCESS_VAR The value filter can now be used for a particular column of the Variable object RESTART _UC_OBJECT Specifying a Queue object for the task to be started is possible with an additional parameter Automation Engine 38 Agents Ingres databases are supported The agent now also supports Ingres databases Java Schedule Events are supported Console Events in UC4 can react to Events of the SAP Java Scheduler The Console Event object has been extended The new item Java Event History has been added to the menu Data source Event History has been renamed to ABAP Event History The new Variable object UC_SAP_JXBP_EVENTTYPES which is supplied in client 0 stores the possible Event types of the Java Scheduler The values of this variable are listed for the Event type selection in the Console Event New JCL parameters The script elements R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT R3_ACTIVATE_JOBS and R3_GET_ JOB_LOG have been extended for the optional parameters BEG_LOGINES and END _ LOGLINES These parameters can be used to include a particular number of SAP job log lines in the UC4 Job report User is checked in jobs that use the setting Type JCL incl z
219. mputer s time format is used 97 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A Screenshot function You can want to screenshot particular DialogClient windows Do so using the command Screenshot which is available in the menu Options in the DialogClient Display of license category The System Overview displays the license category of each Executor Calculation of next start time It is now possible to calculate the next start time for tasks in the Schedule monitor using the corresponding command in the context menu This is especially useful for changing Calendar conditions 7 3 4 Executor Binding ports to a particular IP address P The port numbers of Executors can now be allotted to a particular IP address You can either add this IP address to the port in the INI file or use the new parameter bindaddr This function is not yet available for GCOS8 Improved login verification P With the newly added parameter login_check you can define whether or not the passwords of Login objects for Jobs and FileTransfers should be checked Extended Functionality BCA_ACTIVATE_PROCESS Job class assignment The process priority can be specified via the job class which is defined inthe SAP tab of the particular Job R3_ACTIVATE_SESSIONS and R3_GET_SESSIONS additional parameter The selection of batch input maps can be sorted using the new parameter ORDER_BY R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT additional parameter Texting and framing can be handled with the
220. ms External Integration Version 3 01B No transport to a client gt 0099 No transport was possible to a client with a client number of higher than 0099 S 25334 Conversion problems for registered Executors of Login objects During the conversion process Executors which did not exist in the AE database but which were used in objects were replaced by Default Executors e g lt NSK gt or lt WINDOWS gt However entries in the Login object still referred to the original Executors Now in such case the default Executors are also entered into the Login objects Automation Engine 182 Conversion problems when creating the Login object ERP_LOGIN The Login object ERP_LOGIN in system client 0000 assumes the central login information for SAP and PeopleSoft from the password container to be converted If the database field for the host was empty RFCLOGIN and PSACCESS were created with a Default Executor lt R3 gt lt PS gt Now the Default Executor is used instead S 26368 Version 3 01C Incorrect display of loading process When loading the transport case the status line did not display 100 per cent of the loading progress at the end of processing S 26811 26679 External Integration AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities External Integration Version 3 01C Adjusting UC4 KnowledgeModule for BMC Patrol The tree structure view was adjusted to UC4 global four digit cl
221. n of import and export functionality e Task result changeable in JobPlan monitor at runtime e Re naming of objects and replacing of object usage e Sync Monitor is available e New script elements 9 2 New Functions Automation Engine Automation Engine DialogClient Executors CallAPI Utilities Automation Engine 162 Multi server operation possible with UC4 global UC4 global is based upon multi server operation which has completely changed an AE system s structure Depending on licenses processing is distributed to any number of communication and work processes and in doing so multi processor systems can operate well balanced Server processes can run on different systems of the same platform thereby facilitating trouble free Automation Engine operation Two or any number of Server processes for one AE system An AE system requires at least one communication and one work process Its efficiency can be adjusted to growing demands by adding any number of communication and work processes Tasks are handled through queues in the AE database TimeZones supported UC4 global can be used to operate AE systems across several TimeZones Local summer and winter times are taken into account It is possible to specify a default TimeZone for each client of an AE system Nevertheless users tasks different functions or script elements can also use differing TimeZones Using several TimeZones is subject to licenses Priority for internal
222. n updating to version 3 02A some deletions are made in the database As for large databases this can take several hours the particular lines are commented in the UC_UPD TXT The comments can be erased or the commands can be directly executed in the database Get further information in Update Installation Change database Due to changes in the database structure the settings of the DialogClient are reset to default values when you update to 3 02A and must be redefined in the menu Options with the command Settings Components to be installed 8 5 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server New script elements 129 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 SHUTDOWN Ends a UC4 system TERMINATE Ends an Executor a work or communication process ALPHA2RUNNR Converts a string letters to a RUN CINT Converts a string to a number CSTR Converts a number to a string EXPORT Exports objects to an XML file IMPORT Imports objects from an XML file RESTART_UC_OBJECT Repeats the execution of a task RUNNR2ALPHA Converts the RUN to a string letters SYS_SERVER_ALIVE Checks if a certain server process is active Script elements for Structured Documentation To enable access to structured documentations Script elements have been implemented The structured documentation can be opened with XML_OPEN_ DOCU and read with several Script functions It can be closed with XML_CLOSE_DOCU
223. ned in the variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU with a preceding Version Control for objects For the better understanding of changes to objects it is possible to activate a so called version control in the client settings If objects are changed afterwards a duplicate is automatically created and transferred to the folder VERSION_CONTROL Call of external programs P With this new functionality it is possible to transfer object codes to external programs You can enter the program names in the variable UC_SENDTO They are shown as an entry of the context menu in the Explorer Version 3 02B Extension of system client 0000 The system client 0000 now offers additional monitoring functions such as searching for records in the selective statistics The Activity Window displays the activities of all clients For easier handling the column User does now additionally contain the client number With all these new functionalities AE systems are even more comfortable to handle Automation Engine 104 Auto Forecast With the new functionality Auto Forecast tasks that will run within a specified period time can be displayed An extra window is available for the calculation and display of forecast data for which Schedules and Events supply the necessary data The results provide a comprehensive overview on future activities Documentation tabs differently arranged So far all Documentation tabs defined in the variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU were displayed
224. nels An Event is triggered whenever the status changes Enter the HTTP Port of the XI RuntimeWorkbench and set the parameter enabled to 1 in the Executor s INI file parameter IntegrationEngine in order to use the XI interface SAP_XI enabled 1 IntegrationEngine Servername Port G This new function is supported on all the SAP Executor s platforms except for Linux and zLinux 77 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A SAP Interface XBP 3 0 supported P Several functions of the prospective interface XBP 3 0 are already available but not released yet UC4 uses the interfaces for new functionalites event history Adjust the parameter Version in the Executor s INI file in order to make use of the XBP Interface 3 0 XBP Version 3 0 We want to point out that SAP will release the interface not until december 2007 according to current plans Incompatible changes are therefore possible Monitoring SAP Events There is a new functionality for the Event object of type Console It can now also be used to monitor SAP Events A filter is available which serves to specify the SAP Events to be traced If a specified Event occurs the statements defined in the Process tab are executed In doing so subsequent processing can be initiated The script function GET_EVENT_INFO provides detailed information about the SAP Event which occurred The existing functions R3_GET_EVENT and R3_RAISE_EVENT are still available New Functionality R3
225. ng Singapore and Australia S 25778 25771 Automation Engine AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utility External Integration Version 3 01B New task start time incorrectly saved in the schedule If atask s start time was changed in a schedule the new start time was not converted into UTC It was erroneously saved in local time No license for event functionality with Executors of license class V The standard event functionality license is recognized as soon as an Executor has been licensed for event functionality If this Executor was exclusively of license class V everything was checked properly for the Executor but no general event functionality license was recognized S 25629 Protected entries in READ are encoded when saved Values queried by the user with the script statement READ are saved in the activation report for use in restart or post script Protected entries format code D are now written encoded into the activation report and not in plain text S 24331 User check at CallOperator start Users of User groups to be informed by a CallOperator can now be added or removed in AE Script A check is therefore made at CallOperator start to see if there is a user who is to be informed There won t be any check at CallOperator definition in the DialogClient The existence of an information message will also be checked at runtime only Sporadically the schedule did not start
226. ng implementation During the migration process to UC4 global Login objects are created which result from existing object data login information used hosts etc Now alist is created which shows from which objects a Login object has been created and with which information The list is written in a file whose path and file name can be entered in the INI file of the loading program transfer_path Transport from 2 6 to 3 0 with complete implementation Transport cases from UC4 Version 2 6 are converted during the loading process to UC4 global The same transformations take place as with a migration of the entire database e g when Login objects are created and script elements are adapted Automation Engine 188 Pre Script Script and Post Script are distinguished from each other So far values have been searched for and replaced in Pre Script Script and Post Script when the SCRIPT attribute was used Now only the regular Script is considered for SCRIPT Selective searching and replacing in Pre Script and Post Script is now possible using PSCRIPT and OSCRIPT Use of SYS_SRRC_ACTIVE checked During the migration process to UC4 global the check program which checks the Version 2 6 database reports the use of the SYS_SRRC_ACTIVE script function This script element will no longer be supported as there is no SRRC Status Recording Recovery Control in UC4 global Client related check of the Version 2 6 database With this check progr
227. nly the version 3 0 of the SAP Java Connector is supported This version is now required forthe SAP agent 25 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 SAP Process Chains New script element BW_SET_CONSTRAINT Child processes of process chains can now be restarted They can either be restarted manually by using the Activity Window or automatically You can define the criteria for an automatic restart by using the new script element BW_SET_ CONSTRAINT The job can now remain active in order to be able to restart a process chain if it has included errors or has been canceled For this purpose the option SUSPEND has been added to the parameter ERROR of the script elements BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN and BW_RESTART_CHAIN Erroneous or skipped child processes of process chains can be displayed The parameter REPLICATE of the script elements BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN and BW _ RESTART_CHAIN has been extended for this purpose You can now decide not to assume the reports of child processes to the job report BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN BW_RESTART_CHAIN new parameter COLLECTLOGS Spool lists can explicitly be requested The new parameter GET_SPOOL is now available in the script elements BW _ ACTIVATE_CHAIN BW_RESTART_CHAIN R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT R3_ ACITVATE_JOBS and R3_ACTIVATE_INTERCEPTED_JOBS The spool list is stored to the directory that can now be defined in the SAP agent s INI file by using the new parameter download_dir section GLOBAL as a text file Spool
228. nnect for HP OpenView Operations version 7 1 and higher e UC4 Connect for SAP Monitoring via XMW interface e Extension of system client 0000 e New message comparing program e Naming and sorting of Login objects can be specified update e New report type SLOG for SAP Jobs e Email connection through SMTP for Windows and UNIX Executors e New functionality R3_GET_VARIANT_CONTENTS e New functionalities CALE_LOOK_AHEAD CHANGE_LOGGING FORECAST_OBJECT FORECAST_TASK and STR_SUBSTITUTE_VAR Notes for the Update Installation The P symbol characterizes new functionalities which need to be adjusted manually in the particular INI files A Updating DB2 0S390 The default tablespaces have been modified in 3 02B When changing the database the new and modified tables already address the new tablespaces UC4 recommends providing these new table spaces before changing Do so using the script create _ tablespace sql Note that by default the buffer pools BP2 BP9 are then referred to examples are found in the file alter_bufferpool txt If the old tablespaces should be kept the script db db20s390 3 02B chngdb sql must be adapted 137 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 A Updating DB2 08390 This is an important note for users who have already changed from a UC4 version 2 6x to 3 02A and now want to update to 3 02B The names of the LOB Table spaces have changed Hence 5 lines in the file chngdb sql need to be adapted manually They c
229. nning tasks o Starting with this version Event objects are displayed with a new symbol g Q The search for use starts immediately when it is called via the context menu of the UC4 Explorer By default it includes all folders and Process tabs Object templates of system client 0000 can no longer be renamed This includes UC4 variables standard code tables standard time zones and object templates Q The language of SAP jobs is indicated with two digits GET_ATT used with SAP_LANG supplies DE or EN For compatibility reasons two digits can be used with PUT_ATT as well as the notation with one digit that has been in use so far 34 The following two parameters were renamed in the INI file of the Windows Executor wbtexe to ECPEXE and wbtext to ECPEXT For reasons of compatibility the existing names can still be used 7 1 2 Components to be installed 7 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements New QueueManager object The QueueManager facilitates the monitoring and controlling of non UC4 operations These can be PeopleSoft processes and SAP jobs Filter criteria serve to determine the non UC4 operations that should be assumed to UC4 They are displayed as the QueueManager s children in the Activity Window The QueueManager can start intercept and cancel operations and can access their statistics and reports External JobPlan dependencies Dependencies to tasks that are not part of the JobPlan can
230. now be defined without Sync objects These external dependencies are displayed in JobPlans in the form of dashed boxes The expected end status reaction to other states and calendar conditions can be specified in the properties of these external dependencies Dynamic Calendar The Calendar object has been extended Several types of Calendar keywords are now available which facilitate the easy assignment of days Calendar objects do no longer depend on validity areas hence maintenance work is reduced to a minimum Holiday Calendars are supplied which can be used in your tasks 89 Chapter 7 Release Notes Version 5 00A System Schedule The System Schedule can be used to execute objects once at a particular point in time Click Execute for a particular object in the context menu of the UC4 Explorer in order to determine a start time The object is then assigned to the System Schedule and can be seen in the Activity Window as a task Extended modifications possible in active Schedules The Schedule monitor can now also be used to add new tasks on a temporary basis Additionally tasks and property changes made directly in the Schedule object can be activated at the next period turnaround Restarting the Schedule is not necessary such cases 7 2 1 Database Optimized database accesses Deadlock situations could occur due to the database behavior of SQL Server DB2 and Oracle By improving internal processing the occurrence of these situations
231. now deleted when they have no entries 125 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Extension of return code for the Script element BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN The following return codes have been defined to make it easier to distinguish the status of a process chain in AE SAP retum code R gt AE return code 4 ENDED_NOT_Ok SAP retum code X gt AE return code 8 ENDED_NOT_OK SAP retum code S gt AE return code 12 ENDED_NOT_OK SAP retum codes G and F gt AE return code 0 ENDED_Ok as before SH 29365 Version 3 02B Connection data was not written in the AE Variable forms The SAP Executor for Sun Solaris did not insert the retrieved connection data to the SAP system in the variable UC_EX_ERP_CONNECT This was corrected and manual maintenance is no longer needed SH 31403 Version 3 02A Specified report length not considered Previously the entry MAX_REPORT_SIZE in the variable UC_HOSTCHAR_XXXX was not considered correctly and therefore the whole report was transferred This error has been removed If the report is longer than the specified value it will be truncated The last block of the report including an additional note is always transferred Version 3 02B Executor crashed when the job was canceled in the Activity Window command setting Canceling a UNIX job in the Activity Window caused the Executor to crash This however only happened when the type command was activated in the host tab The reason was
232. nsfer has successfully ended Up until now OS Executors assigned a final file name as soon as the File Transfer had been started This has been changed with the implementation of an extension and the FileTransfer can be executed with a temporary file name This name is composed of the letter T and the RUN which is expressed in an alphabetic string The file obtains its final name only when the file has successfully been transferred Special configurations can be defined in the Executor s INI file parameter as shown below GLOBAL ft_temp file yes A huge advantage of using temporary files is that subsequent processing is simplified because the file only obtains its final name after the successful transfer New start parameter V P Use the start parameter V and the Executors supply the UC4 version and hotfix number 83 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A Various improvements and extensions e The MBean browser can be used to access MBeans using its Forms tab It now displays a maximum of 300 entries The headline in the browser window shows the total number of available MBeans If there are more than 300 you can limit the view using filters e The function JMX_QUERY_NAMES provides the additional parameter MAXROWS which can be used to limit the number of returned MBeans The Executor does not limit the result if this parameter is undefined G The Executor generates an additional log file in SAP format It is automatically stor
233. nt The default value of the INI file parameter CheckLogon has changed from 0 to mq 34 In the new FileTransfer protocol theOS 400 agent uses the OS commands DRTPF and ADDPFM for transferring files This includes that you can specify CRTPF parameters in the file attributes of FileTransfers The advantage is that you can draw the conclusion that an unspecified error that occurs during a FileTransfer could be an error that occurs when these commands are being processed In this case you will find more information in the related job log a The file systems IFS OS 400 OSS NSK and USS z OS are now supported for FileTransfers These file systems support the creation of temporary files The required behavior can be specified in the agents INI files using the parameters ft_temp file fs ft_temp_file oss and ft_temp file_uss a In addition to Windows and UNIX agents you can now also use Java agents SAP RA JMX SQL in order to send mails Note that you must only configure the AutomationEngine instead of each agent The E mail connection of these agents is always active Q The following diagnostic documentation is now created when a Windows or SNMP agent crashes crash _ log This file includes a detailed description of the error and the current status of the OS register OS version application version etc crash_ mdmp A forced dump that is generated by the OS It includes the current process memory Usually the Win
234. nt Online Documentation If your version is not up to date it can happen that an incorrect document opens when you open the help in the Userlnterface via the F1 key This can also happen if you install the Online Documentation with a hotfix but use an older version of the Userlnterface Hotfixes are released to correct errors for which there is no workaround Q The complete hotfix number provides information about the relevant ServicePack For more details refer to the documentVersion Indicator for UC4 Service Pack 9 Service Pack 9 does neither include new features nor modifications g Important After upgrading to version 9 Service Pack 9 you also have to upgrade all user interfaces to v9SP9 The Userlnterface v9SP9 is not compatible to Automation Engine v9SP8 Service Pack 8 Service Pack 8 does neither include new features nor modifications Service Pack 7 UNIX agent PAM supported In addition to Solaris agents authentication via PAM Pluggable Authentication Modules is now also supported in Linux and AIX agents Service Pack 6 RA Connection objects Traffic light symbols signal the connection status When you open RA Connection objects the system now verifies whether a corresponding agent is active and that a connection is possible The new traffic light symbol now shows the connection status in the specific CONN object tab Selective statistics New Remote Context tab You can now use the new Remote Context tab in
235. ntains the name of the Executor and the appropriate connection string to the Enterprise Business Solution retrieved by the Executor 131 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 REPLY_ID of console messages can now be read in the UC4 Script The Executor now also supplies reply IDs as a response to console messages expecting replies They can then also be read in the UC4 Script of an event of Console type Example SET amp REPLYID GET_CONSOLE REPLY_ID Executor for OS 400 released Executor for PeopleSoft version 8 4 released The PeopleSoft Executor can now be used for version 8 4 The new resulting SBB interfaces UC4_PROCESSREQUEST and UC4_INTERFACE_SERVICE are supported by the library ucxjpsx6 dll Output of the detail text of SAP messages Long texts of SAP messages are now output in the following places 1 In the activation log message number and class of the BAPI RETURN structure if the message type is E or A 2 In the Executor log for calls not registered in the activation log 8 5 3 Improvements Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server Improvement of the Sync processing Previously when Sync conditions were checked repeated deadlocks occurred in the database which reduced the overall performance Now processing lies in the sole responsibility of the primary server process Almost no deadlocks occur anymore which results in significantly improved performance Forced change of p
236. ntries in the Login object still referred to the original Executors Now in such case the Default Executors are also entered into the Login objects Conversion problems when creating the Login object ERP_LOGIN The Login object ERP_LOGIN in system client 0000 assumes the central login information for SAP and PeopleSoft from the password container to be converted If the database field for the host was empty RFCLOGIN and PSACCESS were created with a Default Executor lt R3 gt lt PS gt Now the Default Executor is used instead SH 26368 Release of version 3 01B 5 16 2003 9 7 Release Notes Version 3 01C 9 7 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections e Release of UC4 Server for UNIX z Linux e Release of Executor for SINIX e Compression of MQ tables in UC4 Database e UC4 Server with SNMP support e Support for Forecast functionality e Implementation of import and export functionality e Task result changeable in JobPlan monitorat runtime e Re naming of objects and replacing of object usage e Sync monitoravailable e New script elements Components to be installed 9 7 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections Automation Engine 192 UCA Server Compression of MQ tables in UC4 Database Data can now be stored compressed in the MQWP MQPWP MQCP and MQMEM tables in order to increase performance This is to reduce the sometimes high amounts of data transmit
237. object TZ MST Mountain Standard Time is now supplied by default Ensure that objects of the same name that already exist in client O must be deleted before an update is made Otherwise loading the initial data results in an error Database A To update a DB2 database to version 9 00A you required the EXECUTE right for SYSPROC ADMIN_CMD A DB2 Databases on z OS are no longer supported The Access database UC97 mdb which includes the UC4 Database s structural description is no longer supplied The structure is still available in HTML format AutomationEngine The E mail connection must only be configured for the AutomationEngine The section MAIL in the INI files of Windows and UNIX agents has been removed The mail function of agents is only used if external job output files attach reports are sent using Notification objects Agents of previous versions act as usual and the INI file section MAIL is still available Ay The 16th digit of the setting SERVER_OPTIONS A using of the old Server activation in the Uc4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS is no longer supported Set it to N if necessary Userlnterface g Important After upgrading to version 9 Service Pack 9 you also have to upgrade all user interfaces to v9SP9 The Userlnterface v9SP8 is not compatible to Automation Engine v9SP9 A The classical Workflow view is no longer available The default view has been improved Ay The Mail column in the Agents menu item
238. ocedures in a database The Job object contains an editor which makes it easy to formulate statements Additionally it displays the database tables and their columns Requirements Java JRE version 1 4 2 and 1 5 JDBC driver which corresponds at least to the database version Supported databases e Oracle Version 9 2 10 1 and 10 2 e MS SQL Server 2000 and 2005 e DB2 Version 8 1 8 2 and 9 e MySQL Version 5 e MaxDB Version 7 5 and 7 6 e MS Access e Sybase ASE Version 15 0 UC4 Executor for GCOS8 now supports new file formats The FileTransfer for GCOS8 has been extended for the following UFAS file formats e GFRC file format e UFF sequential file format e UFF relative file format e UFF indexed file format Automation Engine 74 Monitoring of GCOS8 Executor s job messenger Use this extension to react toabnormal ends of job messengers This function requires the Header and Trailer Include objects to be slightly adjusted You can make your own definitions for the type of reaction to an abnormal job messenger end Business Objects XI R2 Crystal Reports supported UC4 supports the generation of automated reports UC4 supplies the MBean CrystalReports which provides this function and can be called with the UC4 Executor for J2EE JMX Available functions e Assignment of parameters to the report e Storing report outputs as file Crystal report Excel Word PDF RTF Text file e Sending report outputs to Email receiv
239. odically A particular AE object type e Schedule Monitor Graphical view of the execution of Schedule objects e Scheduler A lt component gt which is able to send events in regular fashion or at specific points in time e Script A script processes statements in the AE s script language A particular AE object type e Service Catalog A perspective of the Enterprise Control Center It allows users to start the objects in their Favorites folder and generally monitor their execution e Service Orchestrator An Automic product The Service Orchestrator is a perspective of the Enterprise Control Centers ECC and it is used to handle monitor and analyze the performance of SLAs Service Level Agreements e ServiceManager A program that facilitates the starts and stops of AE components e Sync It synchronizes executable objects based on defined states and actions A particular AE object type e Sync Monitor Window which contains the state of a Sync object and the assigned tasks e System Overview The Userlnterface window that contains information about the AE system 207 Chapter Glossary e script variable A placeholder for a value within a script e server process The core of the component Automation Engine Different types are available communication work and dialog processes as well as nonstop processes e static variables A Variable object with the setting Source Static Variable values are entered by a User or with a script and remain
240. of console messages can now be read in the AE Script The Executor now also supplies reply IDs as a response to console messages expecting replies They can then also be read in the AE Script of an event of Console type Example SET amp REPLYID GET _ CONSOLE REPLY_ID Version 3 02A Executor for OS 400 released Version 3 02A Executor for PeopleSoft version 8 4 released The PeopleSoft Executor can now be used for version 8 4 The new resulting UC4 interfaces UC4_PROCESSREQUEST and UC4_INTERFACE_SERVICE are supported by the library ucxjpsx6 dll Version 3 02B UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft for PeopleTools version 8 44 and 8 45 released UC4 Executor for PeopleSoft on AIX 5 1 released Version 3 02A Output of the detail text of SAP messages Long texts of SAP messages are now output in the following places 1 In the activation log message number and class of the BAPI RETURN structure if the message type is E or A 2 In the Executor log for calls not registered in the activation log Version 3 02B Automation Engine 106 UC4 Executor for SAP on z Linux released UC4 Executor for SAP on Linux released New report type SLOG for SAP Jobs P It is now possible to display a Report tab containing current SAP system log messages for aborted SAP Jobs Number and interception period can be specified through parameters in the INI file of the SAP Executor Managing connections in the Forms tab A new menu is available in the F
241. of system client 0000 The system client 0000 now offers additional monitoring functions such as searching for records in the selective statistics The Activity Window displays the activities of all clients For easier handling the column User does now additionally contain the client number With all these new functionalities UC4 systems are even more comfortable to handle Auto Forecast With the new functionality Auto Forecast tasks that will run within a specified period time can be displayed An extra window is available for the calculation and display of forecast data for which Schedules and Events supply the necessary data The results provide a comprehensive overview on future activities Documentation tabs differently arranged So far all Documentation tabs defined in the UC4 Variable UC_OBJECT_DOCU were displayed next to the standard tabs From now on they are part of an extra Documentation tab and can be selected from the lower left part of the window Additionally and regardless thereof do imported objects have their own documentation tabs Custom naming conventions for objects With the new UC4 Variable UC_OBJECT COUNTER it is possible to specify a counter per object type whose reading is appended to the suggested object names This number then replaces the default value NEW n Executors UC4 Executor for GCOS 8 SR 5 2 released UC4 Executor for MPE 6 5 incl CallAPI released HP 3000 New Architecture for the UC
242. ogether 2 1 3 Service Pack Patch Patches are only released in order to correct critical and non critical errors for which there is no workaround 2 2 Automation Engine Versioning as of Version 10 dev build nnn beta Example of a complete version information 10 2 0 dev build 23 e Major Release 10 e Minor Release 2 e Service Pack 0 e Pre Release dev Developer Build e Hotfix build 23 Pre Releases are identified by a hyphen plus an abbreviation such as dev for a developer build or beta for a beta version This additional information is inserted between the Service Pack number and the hotfix number Pre Releases are versions that are not intended for productive operation 3 Chapter 2 Automation Engine Version Indicators 2 3 Automation Engine Versioning before Version 10 9 00A XXX XXX Example of a complete version information 9 00A123 456 G Versions that are not intended for productive operation have individual names such as beta release Version The number of the current Automation Engine version Hotfix Number This 6 digit number is composed of abb bcc e a the last digit of the year e the current day of the year e cc the hotfix number of the day Service Pack The last but one digit of the hotfix number xxx xxx indicates whether a particular component is included in a Service Pack and in which one it is included Each Service Pack is numbered ina consecutive ascending order
243. om the UC4 Java Application Interface These classes have been flagged as deprecated starting with version 8 00A and a corresponding note that these classes should no longer be used has been added to the javadoc The classes Notification AgentList and AgentListltem are now available and provide the same functions A Note for using the utilities with Java Version 1 7 which is supported as of Service Pack 4 To start the graphical interface of the utilities with Java 1 7 you must use the Java call of the new supplied INI files as otherwise the program will crash Adjust the existing INI files as shown in the following example for the utility UC4 DB Load Java call for Java 1 6 cmd javaw Xmx512m jar cp UC4LookAndFeel jar ucybdbLd jar Java call for Java 1 7 cmd javaw Xmx512m cp UC4LookAndFeel jar jar ucybdbLd jar Automation Engine 18 New script elements e CONST It creates a script variable as a constant with a specific value e SWITCH CASE ENDSWITCH It checks whether the value of a variable complies with specific values and depending on the result it processes various statements e GET_LOGIN Reads information from Login objects e LOAD_PROCESS It loads a specific data sequence e RERUN _UC_OBJECT Continues a certain Workflow e SAVE _PROCESS It stores a specific data sequence VARA object New types SQL SECURE and SQLI SECURE Basically the new variable sources SQL SECURE and SQLI SECUR
244. om the WebHelp the parameter delmod has been renamed to delrel A The MBean for SAP ACC is no longer supplied or supported The related documentation topics have been removed A The databases Microsoft Access and SAP MaxDB are no longer supported for the Database Agent A The components AutomationEngine ServiceManager agents and utilities for Windows and Linux are no longer supported on Itanium processors A Workflow tasks that are waiting for their starting time now appear blue in the monitor A Java Application Interface The measurement unit for the method DeactivateCondition setDelay n has been changed from days to minutes To indicate a delay of one day you must now specify the value 1440 instead of 1 Keep in mind that you must adjust existing Java codes correspondingly The names of the files that are used to access the documentation have changed The new names are as follows e HtmlHelp help chm e WebHelp help htm e Message documentation Messages chm Messages htm A When upgrading from v8 to v10 object variables PSET PASS_VALUES may not correctly be inherited when the workflow or task generation process has already started in v8 and continues in v10 generating at runtime for example Automic recommends setting such workflows inactive before starting the upgrade process 7 Chapter 3 Release Notes Version 10 3 Instead of the former term Modification Archive AE now uses Release Notes in all
245. on 3 02B Crash of the Executor for Open VMS A system function returned a value referring to a wrong internal address This could cause the Executor to crash SH 33869 Version 3 02A Error when monitoring Windows events With an event of the event type Console it is possible to monitor the event display of Windows Previously if there were several Windows events in sequence this resulted in errors Transfer of host name to job messenger As a parameter the job messenger can now also receive a host name instead of an IP address Version 3 02B Job report was not stored in a file If can be specified in the Host Attributes tab of Windows Jobs that the job report should be stored as a file if an error occurs This setting however did not work unless Database was also specified in this tab SH 37558 Utilities Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities External Integration Version 3 02A 127 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Runtime error in case of missing output directory If the parameter transform_path has not been indicated in the section GLOBAL of the INI file the utility tried to write the log files into the directory C TEMP If this directory did not exist a runtime error occurred Now log files are stored in the directory which contains the loading program S 30483 Deactivating option of Jobs and FileTransfers when converting to 3 0 When converting a transport case from 2 6 to 3 0 the
246. on requires the value no to be specified in the new parameter WorkDirMatch in the INI file Read the description for this parameter and adjust it if it affects your processes negatively g File search in FileTransfers and FileSystem Events with wildcards were changed They are no longer compatible with UNIX Executors So far the search did not include sub directories In the update installation the new parameter WorkDirMatch is set in thelNI file so that sub directories are now included UC4 recommends changing this parameter if the Executor affects your system performance negatively g A modification concerning the Event object was made in the authorization system So far right M was required in order to cancel or to end an Event Now the authorization M is required to end it and C to cancel it g The earliest date for the calculation of Calendar data is 01 01 1970 g The Headers of jobs which are found in the HEADER folder of system client 0000 have been extended Hence an additional Include object can be used whose script statements are then processed before the Pre Process The following extract of a Windows Job Header serves as an example INC HEADER WINDOWS USER PRE nofound ignore INC_SCRIPT 1 INC HEADER WINDOWS USER HEAD nofound ignore If the Include HEADER MVS USER HEAD for OS 390 Jobs has been used so far rename it to HEADER MVS USER PRE if the script statements should be processed before the Pre Process 8
247. onality license is recognized as soon as an Executor has been licensed for event functionality If this Executor was exclusively of license class V everything was checked properly for the Executor but no general event functionality license was recognized S 25629 Protected entries in READ are encoded when saved Values queried by the user with the script statement READ are saved in the activation report for use in restart or post script Protected entries format code D are now written encoded into the activation report and not in plain text S 24331 User check at CallOperator start Users of user groups to be informed by a CallOperator can now be added or removed in UC4 script A check is therefore made at CallOperator start to see if there is a user who is to be informed There won t be any check at CallOperator definition in the DialogClient The existence of an information message will also be checked at runtime only Sporadically the schedule did not start tasks In certain circumstances restarting a JobPlan caused the JobPlan s status in the Schedule waiting for start time to be overwritten by the JobPlan s current status restart is executed It was necessary that the JobPlan s restart took place after the periodic turnaround of the Schedule but before the planned start time of the JobPlan The overwritten status prevented the planned start of the JobPlan in the current Schedule period S 25377 DialogClient Clo
248. ontain the command DROP TABLESPACE UC4DB Name The following list show the old and new names LMQMEM gt LMQMEM01 LMQWP gt LMQWP01 LMQLS gt LMQLS01 LMQCP001 gt LMQCP101 LMQCP002 gt LMQCP201 Example DROP TABLESPACE UC4DB LMQMEM must be changed to DROP TABLESPACE UC4DB LMQMEM01 Ax The TimeZone objects TZ CST TZ EST TZ GMT and TZ PST that were supplied by default included a wrong specification for changing to the standard time If you have copied templates to your own clients please adjust them accordingly G When updating to version 3 02B the maximum number of tasks running on a host is set from 999999999 to the value UNLIMITED Get more detailed information about Executor settings from the System Overview Q So far the utilities UC4 DB Archive UC4 DB Client Copy and UC4 DB Reorg had INI files and additionally specific configuration files with start parameters These start parameters are now included in the INI files Hence the INI files always need to be adapted when the utilities are updated see also Update installation of the utilities g The JAR file names for the utilities have been changed Hence batch calls need to be adjusted The following options are available you can either adjust the name of the JAR files or use the new console batch mode file name for batch request ends on EXE UC4 recommends using the second option as it can be used without Java and reduces memory consumption Note that f
249. or the utilities UC4 DB ClientCopy UC4 DB Archive and UC4 DB Reorg an authorization check Single Logon is performed The user who logs on to the operating system therefore requires a User object in the target client of the batch processing Example User Smith in the UC4 domain requires the User object SMITH UC4 in the target client of the UC4 system see also Start Parameters g The name of the message library is now written in lower case letters As its location is specified in the INI files of many UC4 components e g UC4 Server Executors 8 with the parameter helplib it must be adjusted there helplib ucx msl g Note the following incompatibility when accessing R 3 monitors using the script element GET _ PROCESS _LINE The name of the Monitoring Context can now also be read As this name is the very first column all scripts accessing individual columns with strings thereby using fixed positions e g SET amp column STR_CUT amp line 20 10 must be adjusted E The new privilege Edit SAP Intercept table has been included It is used in the Form tab of SAP Jobs E A privilege is now also required for accessing the Version Management functionality Components to be installed Automation Engine 138 8 6 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements Corrections UC4 Server New Server process type Dialog Process DWP P This type of Server process is exclusively responsible for the handling of Dialog
250. order to filter the statistics for RA attributes and certain parameters of the SAP Solution Manager For more information see the tab s documentation Service Pack 5 g As of version 9 Service Pack 5 the values of object variables that are defined in the Variables amp Prompts tab are used without any changes being made to them This is different to previous versions v8 and v9 up to SP4 where single inverted commas that were created in this way were automatically removed from the beginning and the end of object variable values If the value included three or more single inverted commas they were truncated starting with the second inverted comma Special case as of v9SP5 Inverted commas are not removed and therefore you can no longer use a blank without inverted commas the value is always Automic recommends using the script element PSET as a workaround in this case To ensure a seamless update to version 9 00A you can use the following SQL statement in 17 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 g order to display a list of all affected objects select oh_client oh_name OV_VALUE from oh ov where oh_idnr ov_ oh_idnr and ov_value like Afterwards you will have to adjust the affected objects manually before you start to update your version g A change in the Automation Engine has the effect that objects that include prompts can only be processed asynchronously implements IResponseHandler for asynchronous calls via the J
251. ork processes function Switching from WP to DWP and vice versa is possible in the System Overview or with the script element SET _UC_SETTING The number of Dialog processes can be handled in the variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS with the validity keyword WP_MIN_NUMBER UC4 NonStopServer Reliability can be increased by changing some of the Server processes to NonStop processes The computer on which the NonStop processes have been installed takes on processing when the computer with the active Server processes stops Technically NonStop processes function in the same way that work processes function An extra license is required New Functionalities AUTOFORECAST Calculates forecast data for future activities CALE _LOOK_AHEAD Retrieves the next date on the basis of Calendar conditions CHANGE_LOGGING Causes the log file of Server processes and Executors to be changed The log file can also be changed manually in the System Overview FORECAST_OBJECT Creates a forecast for the specified object FORECAST_TASK Creates a forecast for the specified task STR_SUBSTITUTE_VAR Replaces script variables with their values It can be used independently and in combination with GET PROCESS _ LINE DialogClient Database Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Utilities WebGUI External Integration Version 3 02A 103 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 New System Overview The new design of the System Overview now offers various way
252. orms tab just right click on the traffic lights symbol This tab contains entries for establishing and ending connections to the SAP system Further commands offer the opportunity of switching between offline or online mode or changing to another connection if more than one is available New Functionality R3_GET_VARIANT_CONTENTS Shows the content of a variant Version 3 02B UC4 Executor for Siebel 7 5 on Windows 2003 2000 and XP released Version 3 02B UC 4 Executor for HP UX 11i Itanium released SMTP email connection for UNIX Executors P UNIX Executors can now also use the Email connection using SMTP Version 3 02B Using file attributes P The file attributes alq deq mbc mbf and fop can now be used for file transfers With the parameter ACCESS they can also be specified as default setting for the Executor Version 3 02B UC4 Executor for Windows 2003 Itanium 164 released SMTP email connection for Windows Executors P The MAPI2 interface and SMTP are now available for the email connection 107 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Using Windows Job objects P The Windows Job object combines all the processes of a Window job thus providing the following advantages e CPU time measuring includes all sub processes e the Windows job only ends when all sub processes have ended e when the Windows job is canceled all sub processes are also canceled You can specify in the job or the Executor as default
253. our digit client numbers Executors are components of UC4 systems instead of UC4 Servers UC4 status database parameters no longer exist no Standby server and no SDB are two new commands for UC4 systems The UC4 command prompt discovery of Executors no longer exists Release of version 3 01C 7 4 2003 Automation Engine Glossary This glossary lists all specific technical terms in alphabetical order ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 1A 198 AE Script The Automation Engine s scripting language AE Variables These are Variable objects that include the AE system s specifications AE component Refers to AE programs such as Userlnterfaces the AutomationEngine Agents ServiceManagers utilities etc AE database A relational database management system RDMS that administers all scheduling data from a central point It contains object definitions system specifications statistical data job reports etc AE priority Affects the order of task execution within an AE system AE system An environment that is managed by AE components Action Definition Editor An Editor for lt Actions gt Action Service A service which is able to respond send information to other systems in contrast to the lt Response Service gt the service is configured using the incoming lt event object gt Activity Window A Userlnterface window that displays all activated tasks AgentGroup An AgentGroup combines agents of the same platform The
254. ow select OH_Name as ObjectName OV_VName as ObjectVariable from OH OV where OH_ldnr OV_OH_ldnr and OH_DeleteFlag 0 and OV_VName amp X or OV_VName amp XC or OV_ VName amp XC_ or OV_VName like amp XC and OH_Name in select JPP_Object from JPP The following SQL statement supplies the PSET and RSET scripting lines of all objects that set the variables amp X and amp XC MS SQL Server select from OT where lower OT_Content like rset amp x or lower OT_Content like Yrset amp x or lower OT_Content like rset amp xc or lower OT_Content like Yrset amp xc or lower OT_Content like Yrset amp xc _ escape or lower OT_Content like Yrset amp xc _ escape or lower OT_Content like pset amp x or lower OT_Content like pset amp x or lower OT_Content like pset amp xc or lower OT_Content like Ypset amp xc or lower OT_Content like pset amp xc _ escape or lower OT_Content like Ypset amp xc _ escape Oracle databases The following SQL command lists all affected PSET and RSET lines set define off select OH_Client OH_Name as ObjectName OV_VName as ObjectVariable from OH OV where OH_lIdnr OV_OH_Idnr and OH_DeleteFlag 0 and OV_VName amp X or OV_VName amp XC or OV_VName amp XC_ or OV_VName like amp XC and OH_Name in Select JPP_Object from JPP select from OT where lo
255. ow available for updating from a 2 6x or 2 6x version to UC4 global It includes numerous functionalities thereby providing several work steps that would otherwise be very time consuming and complex in their realization The individual steps are made available in extra tabs thereby facilitating the individual conversion of your UC4 system Naming and sorting of Login objects can be specified All login data necessary for Jobs Events and FileTransfers for logon to operating systems and applications are stored in UC4 global s so called Login objects During the migration process login data is retrieved from the password container of version 2 6x and transferred to the newly created Login objects In the new section MIGRATION in the INI file you can specify how the Login objects should be created e g for each platform and for each platform and Executor name UC4 DB Unload redesigned Additional batch parameters are now available for the unloading program which enable even easier handling Automation Engine 142 New message comparing program The comparing program UCCOMPMSL EXE analyzes the differences between messages of two different UC4 versions The program compares the message libraries of both UC4 versions and prints a list of all changed deleted and new messages sorted by languages WebGUI Accessing the UC4 system via the Internet with UC4 WebGUI With the UC4 WebGUI the UC4 system can be monitored and controlled with any Web
256. pecific users in the Activity Window selection In the Activity Window selection you can also search for tasks started by particular users Do so by indicating a user name or setting a filter with the wildcard characters and In addition to these options a combination field combo box containing all the client s users is now available from which you can select a particular user 113 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 New function for selecting objects in Schedules and JobPlans So far objects could be stored in Schedules and JobPlans by dragging them to the tab with the drag and drop function Alternately you can now select objects by calling a small AE Explorer window with the command Add task in the context menu New font for Scripts In the Process tab which is available for all executable objects the font was changed from Courier New to Lucida Sans Typewriter If this font is not installed on your computer the fonts Lucida Console or Monospaced are used instead Filter is now displayed in the Statistics overview As already implemented in the Activity Window the selected filter is now being displayed in the status line of the Statistics Window Copying task sequences across JobPlans It is possible to copy one or several tasks of JobPlans and insert them in other JobPlans The properties that have been defined for the individual tasks remain unchanged Modifying the runtime in Schedules Changing the runtime supe
257. pective to Service Catalog Service Catalog perspective A new functional area is available in the Navigator Pane Itis called Catalog The Catalog includes the combined Favorites folders and objects of all user groups to which your user belongs Service Catalog perspective Favorites area in the Navigator Pane Folders that are part of the user s Favorites are now also displayed You can select these folders and list their contents such as objects and subfolders Process Assembly perspective Dialogs New Workflow New Folder You can now select the Folder in which the new Workflow or Folder should be created in a column browser Service Catalog and Process Assembly perspectives Adding and removing Favorites You can now use the context menu commands Add to Favorites and Remove Favorite in the Navigator Pane in order to add or remove your personal Favorites The command Add to Favorites is available in the Navigator areas Catalog Service Catalog Search and Explorer Process Assembly Remove Favorite is available in the Favorites area Service Catalog Process Assembly Service Pack 3 New perspective Process Assembly Here you can define Workflows and add link move and remove Workflow tasks as well as modify important properties Service Pack 2 HF5 First release of the Process Automation plug in This plug in includes the following two perspectives Automation Engine 46 Process Automation perspective Here you can s
258. ppened occasionally that inactive tasks of Schedules were set active SH 39151 External Integration Automation Engine 156 Several alerts although status remained unchanged When changes are made in blocked Jobs the MIB table is always completely recreated It occurred occasionally that the table was read during this recreation time and some Jobs marked blocked in Patrol agent could not be found anymore Although still being blocked they were considered not blocked which caused several alerts A counter has therefore been specified in the Tuning menu of system objects It determines the number of query poll cycles resulting in no output about the blocked Job Only when the job remains in the same status n times an alert will be created This setting however is only useful when a very low value has been specified for the polling intervals Release date of version 3 02B 10 25 2004 8 7 Release Notes Version 3 02B002 Notes for the Update Installation The PP symbol characterizes new functionalities which need to be adjusted manually g When using Oracle as the database with UC4 global version 3 02B Oracle Version 9i or greater is required A The UC4 Database is now controlled more intensively Please keep the following details in mind in order to avoid unexpected problems Pay special attention when working with Oracle that the database client settings correspond to the database settings Details on how to check and specify the pa
259. pty entries UC4 recommends checking your scripts for details which must be adjusted 4 The System Schedule UC_SYSTEM_SCHEDULE no longer exists Tasks which should be processed once at a particular point in time are now directly displayed in the Activity Window After 67 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A updating to version 6 00A existing System Schedules remain in the Activity Window until all tasks have been processed Afterwards they are automatically removed For the time being pushbutton and menu commands referring to the System Schedule remain in the DialogClient This modification only affects the display of non recurring tasks The basic functionality remains the same with one exception it is not possible to define runtime supervision for non recurring tasks The reason behind this incompatible modification is that we implemented a new function for periodical tasks Our target was a consistent and structured representation of non recurring and periodical tasks A Improvements for FileTransfers cause two incompatible changes 1 By default Executors now assign definitive file names only after a FileTransfer has successfully ended If it is important for your processing that the file obtains its definitive name at the beginning of the FileTransfer set the Executor s INI file parameter ft_temp_file to value no 2 Windows and UNIX Executors regularly set restart points while the file is being transferred If a FileTransfe
260. r cp UC4LookAndFeel jar ucybdbLd jar Java Call for Java 1 7 cmd javaw Xmx512m cp UC4LookAndFeel jar jar ucybdbLd jar A Several minor ProcessIFlow and database errors have been corrected in version 8 and additional checks have been implemented As a result thereof it can occur that ProcessFlos that so far started without any problems will now abort with the following error U0007047 Workflow activation error amp 01 The object type amp 02 of object amp 03 does not fit to the type amp 04 saved within the Workflow In this case UC4 recommends running the following SQL statement directly in the UC4 Database select jp oh_client jp oh_name jpp_otype jpp_object obj oh_otype obj oh_name from oh jp jpp oh obj where jp oh_idnr jpp_oh_idnr and jp oh_client obj oh_client and jpp_ object obj oh_name and jpp_otype lt gt obj oh_otype and jpp_otype not in lt START gt lt END gt lt XTRNL gt and jp oh_deleteflag 0 Any result that this statement returns signals that the database includes one or several ProcessFlows that were not correctly stored in the previous UC4 version To correct this error set the jpp_otype column of each returned line to the value of the oh_type column A To change to the modification mode of active ProcessFlow the components UC4 Server Userlnterface and the initial data must be of version 8 00A103 901 or later OR they must all be of an earlier version AX
261. r archiving run with filter criteria Now you can also search across clients by specifying the main archive folder Version 3 02B Limiting dates and times now possible P Various formats are available to output dates and times Now you can limit the number of allowed formats If a non predefined value is entered a corresponding message is displayed Specify allowed formats in the INI file of the archiving program with the parameter DateTimeFormat 117 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Version 3 02A Increased security with deletion of clients To avoid the unauthorized deletion of a client it is now necessary to log in to this client before you start the deletion process A login window is automatically called The client can only be irrevocably deleted after a successful login procedure Version 3 02B 4 digit client numbers required for logon This utility displays clients that have a four digit client number assigned You cannot log on to other clients for creating objects and processing tasks or copying and deleting clients For clients still bearing the default names e g CLIENT NEW 1 a warning appears in the log file Additionally start parameters are now available for starting this utility in batch mode Version 3 02A Output of file name for database loading now also in log file The file selected or attached to the parameter X in batch mode by the user for the loading process is now also registered in the log file of
262. r should repeat it continues at the last point This function is NOT available if the following occurs The Server is version 6 00A and the FileTransfer uses two Executors of which one or both have an older UC4 version No restart points are set in this case The restart function is available when the Server and the two Executors have UC4 version 6 00A 4 The default value for the XML encodinghas been changed from WINDOWS 1252 to ISO 8859 15 If the UC4 VariableUC_SYSTEM_SETTINGSdoes not contains a value for the validity keyword XML_ENCODING the modified XML encoding affects the storage and display of characters UC4 strongly recommends specifying the appropriate XML encoding for your environment before updating your UC4 system d A specification option with the validity keyword SERVER_OPTIONS has been removed from the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS It was the 11th digit This option being set meant that the script function GET_VAR did not lock Variable objects while they were read This setting is now activated by default because its activation minimizes the occurrence of deadlocks It can no longer be deactivated as in version 5 00A 4 Up to now users required the right to Modify at runtime for Servers or Executors to activate or deactivate traces in the System Overview For safety reasons a new privilege for trace usage Create diagnostic information has been implemented When updating the UC4 Database user rights are checked Use
263. r unloading the UC4 Database UC4 Log Mix The utility UC4 LogMix supports the generation of one common file from several report log or trace files Universal Time Coordinated Internally the automation Engine uses UTC Universal Time Coordinated because UTC is the international time standard and is always precise Nevertheless TimeZone objects are available that can be used to show local times in tasks and script elements User A person who uses a UC4 system A particular UC4 object type User Management View View to manage users and lt authentication methods gt UserGroup A group of users who have a common profile of rights A particular UC4 object type in the Automation Engine User groups are an organizing construct to help you better manage users because you can grant user groups access rights the same way that you grant various access rights to a single user All users in the user group are automatically given those access rights This makes managing users not only more efficient but also more secure because working with user groups gives you a better overview of what rights are assigned Userlnterface This is UC4 s graphical user interface utilities Utilities support the execution of administrative tasks in a UC4 system such as reorganizing and archiving the UC4 Database 209 Chapter Glossary 22 V Variable It stores or retrieves values dynamically at runtime An individual UC4 object type Version Management This
264. rdingly during migration to UC4 global Authorizations can be displayed and changed for users and user groups As users user groups servers and hosts are objects in UC4 global accesses must be redefined by way of Authorizations When updating from 3 01A to 3 01B existing authorizations and privileges are integrated into the authorization system Privileges can now be displayed and changed Following update all users also have access to lt No folder gt The user UC UC in system client 0000 has all authorizations and privileges Users who had no authorizations in version 3 01A have limited authorizations after update Event from the Console event type available with extended functions Events from the Console event type can now be used The monitoring of the Windows event display has been extended It is also possible to access the directory service log file replication service log and DNS server log of a Windows server which has been set up as domain controller and or DNS Server Domain Name System Directory Service File Replication Service or DNS Server can be selected from the protocol list in the Console tab JCL of a job can be displayed and changed The JCL of a job that is displayed in the activation window can be displayed and changed using the command Open generated job The display of job attributes will be realized in one of the coming versions New functions for editing JobPlans Changes in a JobPlan can now be can
265. re duplicated in this process did not show the time stamp of the client s time zone as intended S 32093 Local time was used instead of UTC when objects were imported with the loading program As a result the displayed time differed from the actual creation time S 37014 121 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Wrong return code of script element SYS_ACT_JP in post script The script element SYS_ACT_JP checks if the object was activated from a JobPlan If it was used in ajob s script and pre script tab a proper return code was supplied A wrong value was supplied if it was used in a post script tab as the task activating it e g JobPlan Schedule was transferred incorrectly SH 30227 Immediate start of manually blocked tasks did not work In the JobPlan Monitor you can immediately start tasks that are waiting for execution This however did not work when a manual breakpoint was set in this task S 35472 Change of start time for forecasts in active Schedules The periodic change newly initializing the Schedule is now used to create forecasts for active Schedules So far the activation time was used Furthermore the specified starting time is used for the individual tasks instead of the current time S 30960 S 31344 Several corrections in the READ input check With the script element READ you can specify formats for inputs e g numeric characters The input check has been optimized S 31163 S 31166 S 33589
266. re written in upper case letters Affected are the executable utility files Windows UNIX and the INI files of the following components e Utilities UNIX Windows e Agent for SAP UNIX Windows e Agent for Oracle Applications UNIX e Agent for PeopleSoft UNIX e CallAPI UNIX g The CallAPI for SAP is based on Java It is no longer possible to store the RFC connection parameters in the file SAPFRC INI Use the RFC Server s configuration file UCXSAPC INI instead g As of version 8 00A the SAP agent preferably uses the XBP interface The following problems occur e The report lists the N type before the N number If required adjust the script element PREP_ PROCESS_REPORT accordingly e SAP Console Events and the script element R3_GET_EVENTcan only react if the corresponding triggered SAP Events are available in the Event History Adjust the criteria profiles of the SAP Events accordingly A As of Service Pack 6 the SAP agent and the SAP CallAPI only support the SAP Java Connector version 3 x A Note for using the utilities with Java Version 1 7 which is supported as of Service Pack 6 To start the graphical interface of the utilities with Java 1 7 you must use the Java call of the 51 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A A new supplied INI files as otherwise the program will crash Adjust the existing INI files as shown in the following example for the utility UC4 DB Load Java Call for Java 1 6 cmd javaw Xmx512m ja
267. refers to an object version that is stored when you have modified the object A 23 W WebHelp One of the help formats that are provided for manuals You open it with a Web browser see also HTML Help e Weblnterface A UC4 user interface that can be called via a Web browser Workflow It refers to the execution of processes A particular UC4 object type e wildcard characters These are placeholders for characters when you specify filters stands for exactly one character for any number of characters e work process A part of the component Automation Engine It is responsible fora UC4 system s processes see also Primary work process e workflow monitor Graphical view of a workflow s execution It shows the workflow structure and the progress of the child tasks de 24 X XML file A format for imports and exports An XML file contains object structures
268. rious components The component used in the SAP Executor so far was specified with the INI file parameter SAP_Component This parameter has been removed as the all UC4 supported functions are implemented in the Executor Now this functions can be enabled or disabled using the parameter enabled in the relevant section of the Automation Engine 66 particular component In doing so the Executor can support several components at the same time depending on the license In order to keep configuration efforts low the parameter enabled is automatically inserted in the relevant sections and set with the parameter SAP_Component when the SAP Executor is updated The parameter SAP_Component is then no longer read The SAP Executor on Windows automatically removes it from the INI file on UNIX it must be removed manually 4 For platform reasons the SAP Executor requires Java JRE version 1 4 2 or later on HP UX as of UCA version 6 00A It is irrelevant in this connection which interface is used 4 Starting with SAP RFC 6 40 passwords are no longer converted to upper case letters Therefore the spelling of the password in the Login object ERP_LOGIN is relevant now If you use for instance lower case letters within your login object for representation of your password the RFC login will fail due to the missing conversion to upper case Therefore it is neccesary for you to check your ERP_LOGIN object Note that UC4 supplies SAP Executors on UNIX with R
269. rs automatically obtain the new privilege if they have a modification right for Servers and Executors Manual modification is not required if a user has both rights If a user has only one of the two rights the privilege must be set manually Existing prohibitions are ignored The functionality for the maximum number of tasks which can run parallel on one Executor has significantly been extended Detailed information about the new resource concept is available in the section about new function When updating the UC4 Database the following adjustments are made e The validity keyword MAX_TASK_PARALLEL in the UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR_ has been renamed to WORKLOAD_MAX_JOB The updating process automatically searches all UC4 Variable whose names start with UC_HOSTCHAR and adjusts them e Another name was changed in the script function GET_UC_SETTING The setting MAX _ PARALLEL is renamed to WORKLOAD_MAX_JOB when the UC4 Database is updated Automation Engine 68 e The setting MAX_PARALLEL in the script statement SET_UC_SETTING has been renamed to WORKLOAD_MAX For compatibility reasons the former spelling is still supported Scripts are not adjusted during the update e The maximum value for WORKLOAD_MAX_JOB has been reduced from 999999999 to 100000 Higher values are automatically changed to 1 which means that there is no Executor limitation The functionality of a maximum number of tasks running parallel is still available af
270. rticular settings of an ORACLE database for UC4 are provided in the corresponding documentation 8 7 1 New Functions New Functions Improvements Corrections DialogClient 157 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Definition of the first calendar week P The client settings have been extended for two new validity keywords FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK day with which the week should start Default value Monday FIRST_WEEK_METHOD definition of the week that should be regarded the first calendar week of the new year Default value The first week of which at least 4 days are in the new year Adjust the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_SETTINGS if the above mentioned values should be changed They can also be changed in the settings of the DialogClient but here they serve mere display purposes in the Calendar and do not influence the script element WEEK_NR 8 7 2 Improvements New Functions Improvements Corrections UCA Server Clientwide ERT calculation in batch mode possible The utility UC4 DB Load can also be used to calculate the expected runtime ERT Up to now these calculations were made UC4 systemwide but can now also be made for individual clients Do so by adding the client ESTIMATE_ERT client in the last line of the file UC_UPD_ESTIMATE_ERT TXT Example ESTIMATE_ERT 1000 The file UC_UPD_ESTIMATE_ERT TXT is found in IMAGE DB GENERAL 3 02B Extended Functionalities CALE_LOOK_ AHEAD retrieves the next date based on C
271. rvision of tasks in Schedules is now possible any time provided that they are not active A warning appears when deleting used objects If an object should be deleted which is used by other objects e g atask in a JobPlan a warning message calling attention to this fact is displayed Additional warning for write protected objects When opening an object that is write protected due to a setting made in the authorization system a waming message appears Magnetic Windows In the General tab themagnetic scopeof the DialogClient s windows can be defined By default this function is deactivated In case of activation however you can also define the magnetic area in pixels default value 17 max 99 pixel If a window is dragged or dropped within this magnetic area it is aligned to the nearest screen edge or window Copying tasks within Schedules Tasks can now be copied and inserted within Schedules Extension of the selective statistics Instead of a task s run number RUN a 7 character alphabetic string of the report name can also be used for accessing the statistics of the execution Display of the Server time Inthe System Overview the table in the category Server has been extended It now also contains a column showing the Server time of the Server process New start parameter for the DialogClient With theparameter l it is now possible to specify the path of the configuration file uc4config xml to be used in the INI file of th
272. s can contain one or several sub jobs e g in process chains Upon specification UC4 displays these child processes They are displayed in the Activity Window and have their own statistical records and reports The specific Child Post Process tab is available for SAP jobs It is processed when an individual child process ends Spool list recipients of SAP jobs Specifications for spool list recipients can now be made when creating SAP jobs Transfer of SAP calendar conditions An ABAP program of the UC4 interface can now be used toexport factory calendars in XML files These can then be transferred to the UC4 system New Functionalities R3_CREATE_OUTPUT_ REQUEST Creates a new output request for an existing spool request R3_GET_SPOOLREQUESTS Selects spool requests with pre defined filters R3_SEND_SPOOL_REQUEST Sends an existing spool request Extended Functionality R3_GET_JOB_SPOOL New parameter The four new parameters for indicating the spool request number output format pages and filters support the reading of spool lists UC4 Executor for Linux SLES Version 9 on Itanium released 7 2 5 Documentation New introductory chapter Getting Started The User Manual now contains a new chapter Getting Started It introduces UC4 beginners to the basics of UC4 global through comprehensible explanations and examples Administrator Manual and Modification Archivecannow be removed from the UC4 P Documentation The Administrator
273. s in OS 390 New job end recognition for OS 390 jobs UC4 Executor for GCOS8 now supports new file formats Monitoring of GCOS8 Executor s job messenger Documentation broadened by a glossary New chapter Best Practice Extended Documentation chapter UC4 and SAP 65 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A e New chapter Application Integration and improved structure in table of contents e New functions OA ADD_LAYOUT OA_ADD_NOTIFICATION OA_ADD_PRINTER e New function R3_CREATE_VARIANT e New functions GET_MSG_TYPE GET_OBJECT_TYPE 6 1 1 Notes for the Update Installation The P symbol characterizes new functions which require manual adjustment As of 6 00A the Microsoft Visual C 2005 Redistributable Package is required to install the UC4 programs on Windows The DialogClient is the only exception We supply a current version of this package which must be installed on all Windows computer on which UC4 programs run All specifications concerning passwords start with PWD in the UC4 Variable UC_CLIENT_ SETTINGS The validity keywords MAX_PASSWORD_AGE and MAX_LOGON_ATTEMPTS are renamed to PWD_AGE_MAX and PWD_ATTEMPTS_MAX when the UC4 Database is updated A As of this UC4 version a new graphical view is provided for JobPlans It is activated by default but the classical view can still be set in the DialogClient A new database field has been introduced due to this new view If you keep the old INI file for updating the utility UC4 D
274. s log file messages should be stored in the UC4 Database The default value Y has the effect that log file messages are stored in the Server object s report Value N means that log file logging is sufficient Doing so improves the performance of your UC4 system Setting for message queue reorganization only Oracle databases The UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS now contains two new settings which can be used to check the UC4 Server s message queues regularly and have them reorganized if required The new validity keywords are MQ_CHECK_TIME and MQ_ BLOCK_COUNT Extension of Server options P The setting SERVER_OPTIONSin the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS has been extended 10th digit Setting for the complexity of Sync reports 11th digit Extended output of time critical database accesses in the log file 13th digit Access to Server messages in Oracle databases 14th digit Additional output of the script statement PRINT to the UC4 Server logging Automation Engine 62 5 3 3 Userlnterface Improved popup menu structure New Userlnterface functions are provided with each version The popup menu content has been grouped in order to provide a clear overview ensuring that each command can easily be found New sorting of object types in search function The most important object types are now listed first and no longer shown in alphabetical order This guarantees immediate access to them The list starts with all executable object t
275. s objects to an XML file IMPORT Imports objects from an XML file RESTART_UC_OBJECT Repeats the execution of a task RUNNR2ALPHA Converts the RUN to a string letters SYS_SERVER_ALIVE Checks if a certain server process is active Script elements for Structured Documentation To enable access to structured documentations Script elements have been implemented The structured documentation can be opened with XML_OPEN_DOCU and read with several Script functions It can be closed with XML_CLOSE_DOCU XML_CLOSE_DOCU Closes structured documentation XML_BEAUTIFY Beautifies the display of an element s structure XML_GET_ATTRIBUTE Supplies the value of an attribute XML_GET_CHILD_COUNT Counts the sub elements of an element XML_GET_FIRST_CHILD Identifies the first sub element of an element XML_GET_NEXTSIBLING Identifies the succeeding element XML_GET_NODE_NAME Supplies the name of an element XML_GET_NODE_TEXT Supplies the text of an element Automation Engine 102 XML_OPEN_DOCU Opens structured documentation for processing XML_PRINTINTOFILE Writes the structure of an element in an XML file XML_SELECT_NODE Identifies any element Version 3 02B New Server process type Dialog Process DWP This type of Server process is exclusively responsible for the handling of DialogClient messages therefore improving the AE system s overall performance From the technical point of view Dialog processes function in the same way that w
276. s of administering the AE system The SystemOverview contains several categories such as Servers Executors or Users including detailed information about them Among other things the following information is available e Display of the workload e A list of all active and inactive Server processes Executors and users e Access to their statistics and reports e Messages to users and administrators as well as security messages e Overview of the database in use e A list of licenses Additionally administrative access is possible for e Closing and activating Server processes e Halting and deleting Executors e Canceling user sessions e Setting trace options for Server processes and Executors during system operation e Changing values to the Server s input buffer Explorer with three new functions Inthe Explorer the following functions are now available Duplicate to Link to and Move to They can be called with the context menu Duplicate to creates a duplicate of the highlighted objects in the selected destination folder Link to creates a link to the highlighted objects in the selected destination folder Move to moves the highlighted objects to the selected destination folder Structured Documentation for objects P Documentation tabs can be displayed in a structured form This makes it possible to keep a task s data and values and read them with specific Script elements Structured documentation is defi
277. s or middleware A particular AE object type alias This refers to the name of workflow tasks or objects that are activated once or recurring This name is used instead of the actual object name in the Activity Window the monitors and the statistics batch mode This refers to the sequential background processing of tasks Calendar It consists of days using Calendar keywords A particular AE object type Calendar keyword A part of a Calendar object that is used to define days CallAPI A programming interface that can either be called directly or from a different program It processes a script in the AE system CallOperator Deprecated Term Replaced by Notification Client Queue Queue object which is available inside every client Cockpit It visualizes the values and states of the AE or of the monitored and controlled system A particular AE object type CodeTable It defines a complete set of characters A particular AE object type calendar condition The criteria for running a task is based on calendar keywords child children These are objects that are activated by superordinate tasks parents client This is a closed environment for the execution of tasks within an AE system A particular AE object type 4D DE Automation Engine 200 communication process A communication process is part of the component Automation Engine It is responsible for connecting the AE components Deployment The creation of
278. sers are not authenticated in the UC4 system but in the Active Directory if the LDAP connection has been activated in the User object UC4 distinguishes local and LDAP users Detailed information about setting up this function in your UC4 system is provided in the document that describes the LDAP connection Comments concerning tasks It is now possible to store comments referring to tasks via the Activity Window statistics and monitors These comments are stored using an individual window per task Each comment includes a history regarding date and user name Use this new function to store information about modifications made at runtime or other peculiarities occurring during the execution of atask Reactions to CallOperator notifications can also be stored The following script elements are available in order to handle comments in an automated way ADD_COMMENT adds a comment to a task PREP_PROCESS_COMMENTS prepares the processing of a data sequence comments of a task Extended JobPlan dependencies An additional setting in the properties of external dependencies is provided as an alternative to the satisfaction lead time This setting checks if an extemal task has been activated on the same logical date as the JobPlan Checked are executions which have already ended and ones which are still active The external dependency is considered if the logical dates match If no it obtains the status ENDED_INACTIVE UC4 Installer for the quick
279. sing in UC4 from external applications The chapters CallAPI Integration in Frameworks and Password Exits were moved to this new manual This chapter can be removed from the UC4 Documentation if needed All texts describing configuration are now provided in a separate chapter in the Administrator Manual It contains descriptions of the UC4 Variables configuration files and performance specifications The basic structure of the UC4 Documentation remains the same new content has been structured in a way that contents can be found quickly and easily New chapter Best Practice This chapter contains guidelines for using UC4 So far it contains the following documents and will be expanded step by step e Dos amp Don ts when using UC4 e Controlled Computer Restart e Test and Production System e Passing on and using values e Updating a UC4 system Basics e Updating a UC4 system Details New CallAPI description There is now a chapter which clearly describes how CallAPIs are best dealt with Whether the CallAPI is called via a utility or from your own program this chapter provides all the relevant information The documentation about CallAPIs has been restructured therefore the installation guide is now found in the Administrator Manual The complete chapter about CallAPIs is available in the new Manual Application Integration Chapter database extended The new document Technical Maintenance of the UC4 Database explains ho
280. sing the Message Window not synchronous with menu and tool bar After closing the message window through the title bar the messages command from the view menu was not deactivated Also the message window symbol pushed when message window is displayed was not released again in the tool bar S 25471 Selective statistics displayed additional tasks with wrong end status When the statistics was called for tasks having ended with the ANY_ABEND status all tasks with ENDED_OK were also selected S 25978 Executors OS 390 Job name ignored The name for an OS 390 job defined in the OS 390 tab was ignored A job name was always generated for the target system without considering potential defaults S 25204 Automation Engine 190 Display of process instance number or of session ID can be selected It is now possible to define which process information shall be displayed in the Activity Window the detail and in the statistics for a PeopleSoft job Eitherthe process instance number assigned by PeopleTools or the session ID the process ID assigned by the operating system for this process are used Setting is made with the PID parameter in the PS section of the PeopleSoft Executor s INI file S 25975 Incorrect status of ended process networks So far a process network always ended with the return code 0099 The reason was that UC4 analyzed the return code too early Long text of InfoPackages in the activation report Apart
281. splayed in the Activity Window This improves performance when the activities are refreshed in short intervals Refresh interval for viewing tasks can be specified P You can now specify an interval in which the Activity Window and monitor view are refreshed in the client settings The advantage is that messages are sent in groups and not for each particular message The parameter for this settingEH_KICK_INTERVAL Object deletion with prior request P When deleting an object the system automatically checks back if it is used in other objects If many objects are deleted at the same time this process can take a little longer With the new validity keyword DELETE_CHECKBCK_LIMIT in the UC4 Variable UC _ SYSTEM_SETTINGS you can now define a maximum number of objects if this number is exceeded a dialog is displayed from which you can select whether the particular object s usage in other objects is to be checked back or not 145 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Additional column called CP in the System Overview You can now see in the User category of the System Overview via which communication process a particular user is connected to the UC4 system A warning appears when objects are renamed When an object is renamed the system checks if it is used in scripts If so a warning message is displayed Selecting specific users in the Activity Window selection In the Activity Window selection you can also search for tasks started by
282. ss are printed in the Executor log The particular message is written after the lines logged by the INI files Example U2000066 Host information Host name NB0053 IP address 192 168 114 99 End Executor with UC4 Server The UC4 Server can end the Executor Currently this is only used internally for license checks Missing Executor response to server message Ina FileTransfer with wildcard characters and with the script function PREP_PROCESS FILE NAME the Executor sends a message containing a list of file names to the server When the server negatively acknowledged this message the Executor did not respond S 27587 Failure at UC4 Registration Inthe INI file of the Executors you can find the CP_LIST section which contains a list of communication processes The Executor shut down when it failed to connect to the first communication process Now the Executor tries to connect to the other communication processes of the list S 27898 Automation Engine 196 Starting Jobs in Oracle Applications 11i impossible Jobs could not be started in Oracle Applications Version 11 5 8 The reason was that the package FND_PROFILE Function PUT only existed in version 11 5 5 Instead FND_ GLOBAL APPS_INITIALIZE is used now SH 27944 Executor crash for events of console type The Executor crashed when an event monitored the console for the message CPF3837 Inserts of DTS and CHAR types with variable lengths were not correctly proc
283. st Oracle Applications version 11 5 10 2 Extended automatic FileSystem Event for OS 390 New filter criteria are available which can be used to make monitoring dependent on file name or on the job which closed the file The Event is only triggered if the specified filters apply You can select names and job retum codes You can also wait for the job end and make the Event dependent on its end You can also define an object which should be processed instead of Process when the Event is triggered Event monitor for OS 390 Executor OS 390 Executor Events of type Console facilitate the monitoring of Console outputs The Event is immediately triggered if all conditions specified in the Console tab are met This requires the Event monitor to be installed and started which is possible by two methods By default the Event monitor is started and stopped with the Executor Also the Event monitor can be operated in the form of a Started Task In this case an extra INI file is required The Event monitor only connects to the Console of its own LPAR and can access the SMF of its LPAR with no extra resources being blocked Extended support of message classes in OS 390 P With old and new message class functions the Executor is able to e write the job output to the message class specified in the Job object e include JES statistics JESMSGLG JESJCL and JESYSMSG in the job log in addition to the job output e read and add message classes to the job lo
284. stem anymore the text box of the Console tab shows a place holder instead e g lt WIN gt Entries in the menu Send To were not client specific If connections to several clients were established in one DialogClient the menu Sent To always contained the entries of the connection that had been established first This malfunction has been removed and now this menu can be specified client specifically in the appropriate variable SH 38135 Executors Automation Engine DialogClient Executors Service Programs External Integration Version 3 02A Error in path specification of GET_FILESYSTEM Path specification in the Script element GET_FILESYSTEM is now possible with or without an attached SH 28744 Job files of ended jobs deleted immediately Up to now the Executor signaled a job end to the server and waited for a reply to delete the job file afterwards If however this Executor was deactivated in the meantime it remained in the working directory Now the job file is immediately deleted when the job is ended SH 28069 Same Executors for file transfers excluded For FileTransfers it was possible to enter the same Executor in the source and destination host Now a message appears and prevents this constellation S 28321 Version 3 02A Erroneous transfer of messages If errors occurred during Script execution the Executor sent defect messages This happened when the transfer was additionally encoded Automa
285. t important features that have been added and changes that have been made The Release Notes then list the new functions improvements and corrections of the individual versions Before you start using a new version Automic recommends reading through all the Release Notes of the former versions beginning with the version that you have been using so far The following symbol is used in the Automation Engine Documentation Wars you of possible problems associated with the new version and provides advice Automation Engine 2 2 Automation Engine Version Indicators The technical version names provide information about a Automic product s current version It is expressed in three main segments 2 1 General Information about Versions and Releases 2 1 1 Major Release This is the main version of the Automation Engine which is indicated by the first segment of the entire version number such as 10 0 0 2 1 2 Minor Release A minor release is released within a main version indicated by the number in the second segment and includes major modifications and several critical and non critical corrections A minor release always includes new feature see Release Notes which can also cause major modifications such as database modifications Minor releases are supplied at predetermined dates in intervals of three to six months Note that the components AutomationEngine Userlnterface and Initial data of a minor release must always be updated t
286. tart tasks from a Favorites list monitor processing and pull up the related statistics and reports Process Monitoring perspective Here you can view all the activities of an AE client as well as monitor and modify active tasks 4 2 2 Bug Fixes For detailed and up to date information see the Patch Descriptions section on the Automic Download Center 4 2 3 Known Issues This section contains information about the known bugs that have not yet been resolved and in many cases also descriptions of workarounds for them For detailed and up to date information see the Known Bugs amp Workarounds section on the Automic Download Center 47 Chapter 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A 5 Release Notes Version 8 00A 5 1 Highlights Highlights New Functions Improvements e New terminology e Native 64 bit support for core components e Partitioning with ILM e MS SQL Server 2008 supported as UC4 Database e Increased usability of Userlnterface e Script editor e Advanced Security e Server roles improve performance e Modifications in active ProcessFlows e Extended Notification object e Rapid Automation e New object type Connection CONN New Event type Database Event e Extended FileSystem Event e Extended Email connection e Searching reports and files using the new Filter object e Automatic assignment of agent rights e Post Process for FileTransfers e New SAP agent implementation e Support of Java Scheduler Jobs
287. tasks In certain circumstances restarting a JobPlan caused the JobPlan s status in the Schedule waiting for start time to be overwritten by the JobPlan s current status restart is executed It was necessary that the JobPlan s restart took place after the periodic turnaround of the Schedule but before the planned start time of the JobPlan The overwritten status prevented the planned start of the JobPlan in the current Schedule period S 25377 Version 3 01C Automation Engine 178 Error in script processing for CallAPI The script which is sent by the CallAPI to the Automation Engine for processing was not read in full length Therefore sometimes invalid commands were recognizd As a result the script was ended incorrectly SH 27871 End of Automation Engine caused by registration via CallAPI If the user did not have the necessary privilege to register to AE via the CallAPI the Automation Engine crashed A storage area was incorrectly initialised S 27680 Modified Attribute for MVS Jobs The MVS Account with the adequate Attribute name MVS_ACCOUNT can be change and read with the script elements PUT_ATT and GET_ATT For compatibility reasons the user can still use the old name ACCOUNT DialogClient AE database Automation Engine DialogClient Executor CallAPI Utilities External Integration Version 3 01B Closing the message window not synchronous with menu and tool bar After closing the message window t
288. tch their connection if a reconnection takes place This approach ensures that the workload is distributed among all active communication processes workload balancing New icons which represent restarted task Restarts and their original executions are now better recognized Repeated executions e lt Restarts lo Latest restart of an execution Up until now restarts were displayed with an R Only subordinate tasks which were aborted can be restarted 6 3 1 Server 81 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A Immediate start of tasks in waiting condition The Activity Window s context menu contains a new command Express It immediately starts tasks which are in a waiting condition Waiting for resource This action can also be taken with the script functionMODIFY_UC_OBJECT Changing attributes without using PUT_ATT Some attributes can be set directly without calling PUT_ATT Enter a script variable in the relevant object s Attributes tab This script variable is replaced by the value defined in the Process or PreProcess tab or in the form of an object variable before the object is processed The documents describing the attributes which support this type of setting values now include the information via script variable in the column Accesses Extended functionality RESTART_UC_OBJECT Additional flag The new flag ONLY_ABENDED can be used to repeat subordinate tasks which were aborted 6 3 2 DialogClient Specifi
289. ted to the database via net and the I O s in the database Compression should be activated in the INI file of the UC4 Server In the eight figure command field for the controlling of database accesses ODBCVAR the 7th figure should be set to R Changes are only active after a restart cold start of the UC4 Server UC4 Server with SNMP support Now the UC4 Servers for UNIX AIX HP UX Linux Solaris and z Linux and Windows fully support SNMP They provide system values in the MIB Management Information Base for monitoring with a management system Additionally SNMP Traps can be generated by certain UC4 events See UC4 and SNMP New script elements CREATE_OBJECT Creates an object Calendar and Variable only MODIFY_OBJECT Changes an existing object only Calendar and Variable MOVE_OBJECT Moves an object to a folder REMOVE_OBJECT Deletes an existing object only Calendar and Variable Release of UC4 Server for UNIX z Linux DialogClient Support for Forecast functionality UC4 can create and display a forecast for activate able objects The aim of this forecast is to obtain the most realistic estimation of runtimes of participating tasks There is a special window type for viewing the created forecasts This is called in the menu View command Forecasts or per mouse click on the command button in the task bar Implementation of import and export functionality UC4 objects can now be assumed from one UC4
290. ted in Selective Statistics and Activity Window selection 4 1 2 Service Packs Highlights Service Packs Notes for Update Installation What s New Improvements Bug Fixes Known Issues A Service Pack is released within a UC4 version and includes modifications and several corrections critical and non critical ones Service Packs are supplied at predetermined dates in intervals of three to six months A Note that the Service Packs 1 to 4 include major enhancements and therefore database modifications Note that the components AutomationEngine Utilities Userlnterface and Initial data of these Service Packs must always be updated together You must always copy the complete DB directory before you start to update the database initial data If you use tablespaces that are not UC4 standard in Oracle databases you must also adjust the step_xxx sql SQL files accordingly These files are provided in the following DB directory DB oracle 9 00A A Note that the agents of the ServicePacks 1 to 4 can only run with an Automation Engine of the same or a later ServicePack level Automation Engine 16 A Service Pack 1 to 4 For importing XMLfiles and loading Transport Cases the affected UC4 system must have the same ServicePack version as the source or a later one Any attempt to load an XML import file from an SP2 UC4 system to an SP1 UC4 system results in an error When installing a new Service Pack make sure that you use the curre
291. ter the updating process as it is a special case in the resource concept Up to now the Executor has always been retrieved from the object when a task was restarted Now this information is read from the statistics so that the task runs on the computer on which the original execution was started Changing the object or using the new HostGroup functionality has no impact on the Executor selection 4 All statistical records older than one year will now be reorganized by default This prevents old data records being stored in the UC4 Database The period can be changed using the INI file parameter auto_reorg of the utility UC4 DB Reorg REORG auto_reorg Maximum age of data records in days Default value 365 days All data records which are older than specified here will be reorganized Specifications made in the utility do not override the specifications made here Example auto_reorg 183 All data records are reorganized if value 0 has been specified 4 The UC4 ApplicationInterface has new functions which have been implemented in version 6 00A Thus we highly recommend rebuilding your projects All but one extensions are compatible The interface NotificationListener of the package com uc4 communication contains a new method void activationMessages int runNumber UC4ObjectName task TranslatedMessage messages It opens if there is an activation report for the relevant task Extend your project for this new method
292. teria Manager R3_GET APPLICATION RC Checks the application return code of one or several job steps R3 SET FREE SELECTION Defines a free selection R3_SET_ SELECT OPTION Defines a selection criterion 5 2 5 Documentation New WebHelp for the UC4 Documentation The new WebHelp that UC4 supplies with this UC4 version provides the following additional functions e Setting of bookmarks e Search results in documents are highlighted in color e Storage of search results Individual manuals can also be removed More details about this new WebHelp function is provided in the UC4 Documentation see installation guide Table of contents in all Online help guidess The TOC displays main and sub chapters with a book icon Clicking on one of these icons opens a page which lists the links to all documents of the particular chapter This facilitates quick navigation in the complex UC4 Documentation Navigation bar in all Online help pages All pages in the Online help now contain a navigation bar which shows three types of links e A link that refers to the direct superordinate chapter page e A link that refers to the page that comes before the open one e A link that refers to the page that follows the open one This navigation bar makes it easy to scroll through the pages You always know where you are within the UC4 Documentation This is especially helpful if you have searched a page via the Search function Automation Engine 60 5
293. tes and in scripts These values can depend on the system e g system time UC4 system name or other attributes of the same object e g host The Userlnterface now provides a new dialog in which you can select these values Call the corresponding windows via the Variables button which is available in the toolbar of objects Usage of Variable objects in object attributes Variable objects can directly be specified in object attributes using a particular placeholder This placeholder will be replaced at the object s runtime with the value provided in the Variable s first line and column For further information refer to the document Using Variable objects New data types of Variable objects The data types Time and Date are new All other data types have been renamed Character var length AUTOTRIM Text Number ranging from 0 to 2147483647 Number Time stamp 16 Byte Timestamp Starting agents and Server processes via the Userlnterface or the script element MODIFY_SYSTEM You can start agents or server processes via a service in the ServiceManager via the context menu in the System Overview Userlnterface or with the new script function MODIFY_SYSTEM Doing so requires specific settings for the connection to the ServiceManager to be adjusted This is done either automatically using the command Refresh Service Manager Scan in the System Overview or manually in the Agent or Server object Attributes tab An automatic search for suita
294. tes tab or the FileTransfer s FileTransfer tab the default CodeTable of the particular Executor is applied Alert task for JobPlans and Schedules You can define a status which is to be met by all sub ordinate tasks in the Attributes tab of JobPlans or Schedules A determined alarm tasks is started if a subordinate task does not meet this status The system provides detailed information UC_CAUSE which can be read from the read buffer in the started alert task s script using the script statement READ CallOperator alarm modified The specified users are informed if a call operatoris activated A blinking symbol in the DialogClient s toolbar draws attention to the message request or alert Clicking on this symbol with the mouse button selects the connection to the client in which the CallOperator is active An extra window is displayed which lists all active CallOperators of this client Double click the CallOperator s monitor in order to react to the CallOperator Events are created depending on Event types Event types are specified when creating Event objects This is done by selecting a template of type Console or FileSystem Once selected the Event type cannot be changed anymore Automation Engine 166 Jobs are created for a particular target system The target system operating system or application must be determined when creating a job The selection of a template specifies whether it is a job for MPE UNIX WINDOWS PeopleSoft SA
295. test2 test3 test4 testo g The script function SEND_MAILnow only uses the AutomationEngine sEmail connection Ensure that the files that should be sent as attachments are stored at a location the AutomationEngine can access In Jobs you can also register files as job outputs and send them as email using a Notification object g Using the script elementGET PROCESS LINE in order to access the entries of a Variable object PREP_PROCESS_VAR without specifying a column number returns the value of all columns Key Result column included separated by 888 characters An empty column now includes a blank between the separators Each value has an actual length as opposed to previous UC4 versions when the validity keyword was always returned with a fixed length of 200 characters and the rest had been filled with blanks g Please note As of v9 GET_PROCESS_LINE has to be in a PROCESS loop formed by script statements g As of version 9 you must use inverted commas in order to specify a value that includes several variables in the script element PUT_VAR In older versions you could use the following line for example PUT_VAR VARA TEST Key amp month _ amp year Now you must enclose the value in single or double quotes or you will not be able to store the script PUT_VAR VARA TEST Key amp month _ amp year g When values are read from a static VARA object by using the script element GET_VAR the system will now replace the character seq
296. that the process ID of the group was missing S 33289 Erroneous restart ability of Executors for HP UX If an Executor is ended during ongoing job processes these can be continued as soon as the Executor has been restarted and the job status can be retrieved from the Automation Engine This functionality was erroneous in Executors for HP UX as the job ended with the status ENDED_LOST S 31089 Incorrect transfer of file attributes You can specify file attributes for file transfers in the tab of the same name e g IN none This setting however could not be used as the file attribute field was interpreted wrongly S 32434 With PREP_PROCESS FILE files were not completely read With the script element PREP_PROCESS FILE file contents can be read line by line If however the terminating characters CRLF or CR were missing in the last line it remained unconsidered S 38503 Automation Engine 126 Missing character in file transfers with the Solaris Executor An error occurred when data was transferred as the first character was replaced by an empty space This error occurred regardless of the specified CodeTable SH 39637 Authorization check in UNIX was too strict File transfers were aborted with the message Access denied as the authorization check for Group IDs was not made correctly The error occurred when the file was assigned to a group and the user a group member wanted to transfer the file SH 39293 Versi
297. the Revision Report e Data for the Open Interface to Output Management systems Partitions simplify the maintenance procedure because data records of a particular period are stored at the same location and can so be archived and reorganized together Partitioning with ILM is supported for the MS SQL Server and Oracle You can still maintain your UC4 Database by using the utilities 5 2 2 Server Server roles improve performance Performance intensive processing such as storing log messages to the database or resource calculations are combined in Server roles The System Overview section Server shows whether and which Server roles a work process has Modifications in active ProcessFlows Even more ways to modify active ProcessFlows are now available Tasks can be added new lines be drawn and properties such as the earliest start time be changed Modifications are possible in the monitor or via the new script functionMODIFY_TASK PostProcess for FileTransfers After file transfers you can now execute PostProcess via the object FileTransfer New Functionality MODIFY_TASK Modifies active ProcessFlows Extended Functionality GET_FILESYSTEM Extension A new parameter can be used to include or exclude sub directories SYS_HOST_ALIVE Supplies the information whether SAP agents are active and the SAP system is available SYS_INFO Retrieves data about message queues 5 2 3 Userlnterface Automation Engine 56 Increased Userl
298. the command Attributes in the context menu of the JobPlan monitor Renaming of objects and replacing object usage When an object is renamed it is checked whether it has already been used in another object If so it is possible to change the object name also in the objects which use the renamed object Sync Monitor available The Sync Monitor shows the current condition of a Sync object and its use by tasks It offers a complete overview of a selected Sync object In the upper part of the monitor the current condition of the Sync object is displayed including its value Information is given on the task which were at last changed by the Sync object These are the name of the task its RUN as well as the date and time of the change Executors Automation Engine DialogClient Executors CallAPI Utilities System security for the connection Executor to AE system After logging on the Executor to the AE system the list of available communication processes port numbers is transferred to the program This allows alternative connections to be quickly established after a connection loss Executor uses the optimal connection to the AE system With the first Executor logon to the AE system connections to all available communication processes are checked The Executor uses the one connection to the AE system which shows the best performance values All further connections to communication processes are disconnected This check is repeated after
299. the validity keyword APPLICATION_LOGIN The standard name is still ERP_LOGIN Optimized status check In order to improve status checks for jobs a new section called STATUS CHECK containing the parameter time was included in the INI file of the Executor With the value set in here in seconds an individual interval can be defined for status checks The interval used so far could not be changed and was therefore not always the best solution e g for jobs with a short runtime Block by block transfer of messages It can be specified with the INI file parameter WRITE if messages should be transferred in blocks e g report lines The sending interval for these blocks can be defined with the parameter WRITE_TIME 147 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Log file change Log files can now be assigned to MVS Sysout classes Their names then show the format LOGnnnn e g LOG0001 Hence the log file can be changed Use the INI file parameter logpurgeclass to assign the classes Additional settings in the Form tab The settings of the DialogClient have been extended for the new tab ERP Forms It provides options such as selecting a Login object for auto logon to PeopleSoft or offline mode as default setting for opening a Job Extended configuration options for RFC connections P RFC connections can now be used even more efficiently due to three entries that were added to the INI file They accept the following settings
300. ther During the updating process the oldest folder link is searched for and all other ones are displayed in the form of a link to it This provides a better overview and has no functional impacts e Forecast names created by the AutoForecast include the RUN The name format is Prefix_ object name_RUNH date e Sync processing has slightly changed in order to improve performance Task ends are administered by work processes Used Syncs are now released exclusively by the primary work process This allocation of tasks which starts with version 6 00A causes that it can occasionally take a few seconds that a Sync is released after the task has ended In this case the report entry has a later time stamp than the task end Such delays occur when the primary work process is very busy oris processing a lot of Syncs The test programs for the Windows Executor have changed 16 bit versions are no longer supplied Instead 64 bit test programs are now also available G Some names of supplied files and folders have been adjusted in order to ensure consistent terminology on the individual platforms The parameter IEFU83 in the OS 390 Event Monitor s INI file is no longer read because the active Exits are now automatically retrieved 6 2 New Functions Highlights New Functions Improvements Automation Engine 70 HostGroups for combining Executors It is now possible to specify aHostGroupinstead of one Executor in all objects which shou
301. tically made in the capitalization mode no matter which mode has been chosen with the caps lock key on the keyboard Version 3 01C Status display of a task modified in the Sync Monitor The Sync Monitor shows the current condition of a Sync object and its use by tasks Symbols in different colours are used to display states The status Waiting for Sync is now displayed in blue instead of grey Automation Engine 174 Task selection for archive keys in the Activity Window The Activity Window selection which can be called in the View menu command Activities has been extended for archive keys Archive keys are now also shown in the task details Display of return codes in statistics overview The return codes ending the processing of executable objects are now displayed in the statistics overview Deleting Executors from system overview Executors which are not currently used can be deleted in the context menu in the system overview They are moved to the recycle bin and can be restored later Executor authorizations remain unchanged Host Display in the JobPlan graph JobPlans are exclusively created and managed graphically All objects are represented with check boxes in the JobPlan tab They can be distinguished by their respective object names So far the object type was displayed here now the host name is shown for Jobs FileTransfers and File system type Events SH 27668 Display of stop conditions in the JobPlan and sch
302. tion updating the UC4 Database will fail Further information about schema modifications is provided in the hotfix installation guide g Two of the files supplied for the UC4 Server and the utilities for UNIX are used for the connection to Oracle e ucuoci for Oracle version 10 e ucuoci 11g for Oracle version 11 The system always uses the file e The UCA Server always use the file ucuoci No adjustment is required if you use Oracle version 10 Using Oracle version 11 requires the file ucuoci to be deleted and ucuoci 11g to be renamed to ucuoc e AIX Rename ucuoci 11g a to ucuoci a e HP UX Rename ucuoci 11g sl to ucuoci sl e Linux Solaris and zLinux Rename ucuoci 11g so to ucuoci so These additional steps are now described in the installation guides for the UC4 Server and the utilities for UNIX g The UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR_DEFAULT includes the validity keywords ANONYMOUS_FT and ANONYMOUS_JOB The default value of both has been set to N g For performance reasons the script statement PRINT now writes its outputs only to the activation log and no longer to the UC4 Server s report and log file Should you still wish to keep additional logging set the 14th digit in the SERVER_OPTIONS of the UC4 Variable UC_ SYSTEM_SETTINGS to value P g The UC4 Server no longer logs non successful Sync checks Additional logging is kept if the 10th digit in the SERVER_OPTIONS of the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS is set to value A g The
303. tion Engine 124 Version 3 02B Incomplete logging for missing work processes It sometimes happened that not the whole logging was stored in the AE database This occurred when the Executor sent its logging although there were no active work processes available in the AE system Now the Executor does only send the logging after having received a corresponding message SH 31625 Version 3 02B Sporadic Executor crash The Executor tried to delete the report file when the job log had been transferred to the Automation Engine The Executor sporadically abended when this was not possible SH 38313 Version 3 02A Status Waiting for host if there is no connection to PeopleSoft Jobs get the status Waiting for host if there is no connection to PeopleSoft Interfaces all PeopleSoft release 8 0 SH 30832 Wrong login information hast the effect that an AE job aborts A job is aborted if it uses the wrong login information Interfaces Java PeopleSoft release 8 0 S 30832 Version 3 02A Logs of process chains now with correct information The Script element BW_ACTIVATE_CHAIN also saves the logs of process chains in the activation report The connected parameters PROCESSLOGS JOBLOGS and LONGTEXT now supply the correct information Correct status handling of process chains The states of process chains are now handled adequately R ended erroneously F finished S skipped Deleting queued job files Queued job files are
304. tionally new desktops can also be created The advantage is that the window of different connections can be displayed in one working environment Each user can activate the multi desktop mode in the settings of the DialogClient Hierarchical Activity Window The Activity Window can now be displayed in two ways e List view e Hierarchical view The hierarchical view groups tasks which have a common main task parent such as JobPlans or groups In doing so information is available in a more structured form and the server load is reduced Users can define their preferred view in the settings of the Activity Window Objects can now be edited from anywhere in the DialogClient The menu item Edit has already been available in many windows Nevertheless this function has been extended and is now available almost anywhere Just right click on an object name that is written in a text box or a table e g in the Sync tab and it opens Object uses can also be searched for Objects highlighted in search for usage results The search function for findingobject usageshas been extended If an object is opened from within the search result the object that has been searched for is highlighted with a colored frame This feature helps to find particular objects easier especially in JobPlans that contain numerous tasks Statistics window settings can now be stored The size position and order of columns shown in the statistics window can now
305. tte tec Sate eae tees cea 173 EXCUSA td Se fsa Ne EA Shs o Saal 174 Utilities a esr cates iia laa beled ake open se 175 94 COMGCUONS setos Miter Settee A Niel a Nhe E diodo ont 176 AB Database s 3 st6 rotulador ida Vode healt da See y 176 Automation Engine ecc desierta dida 177 DialogGlientt o ds O es a dla ed 178 EXCCULOF Eras ele foe robes Sn anion cda rd torcida roca 178 Call AP Losa a ata dl elo oe n Sted AA Babi 181 SA A A A A ES 181 External Integration ooooccccccccccccccccccccccncnnccnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 182 9 5 Release Notes Version 3 01A _ 2 20 02 2 220020 182 9 6 Release Notes Version 3 01B _ 2 2222 2 22000 182 IO HIGHIIGNS o ote doe iii else ny ccna ase fees oe sed AE ee 182 x Contents Modified version policy for UC4 global ooooocccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccoo 183 9 6 2 NE6W FUNCIONS cosita aa a wide Ses uree eles 2 183 UGCA SON Gl iia II A Sees sates Aca GS veered te 183 DialogGlient cota sate is sagas Ak Se ce one as dd cei dee pea o 184 EXCCULOIS 35 Mitt ees tit St A ict SARE e Set tcl INO SNS it 185 Call Interfaces vc so phonies dine debs sd tae los does 185 Utilities se cen se A EN 186 9 6 3 Improvements ns 186 UCA Severino tat ok tote tht Le isa de Sate cr dedo du jek wads 186 Dialoge le 2 2 rocoso irte plis 186 O A A aM he doh ieee Men O okies ales AEN ET T 187 A IN rs i ANREP a A RE Pee REED OTR 187 9 6 4 Comections e sota to lade clit tes dass sor yey elses of S
306. tum codes G and F gt UCA return code 0 ENDED_OK as before S 29365 Specified report length not considered Previously the entry MAX_REPORT_SIZE in the variable UC_HOSTCHAR_XXXX was not considered correctly and therefore the whole report was transferred This error has been removed If the report is longer than the specified value it will be truncated The last block of the report including an additional note is always transferred Error when monitoring Windows events With an event of the event type Console it is possible to monitor the event display of Windows Previously if there were several Windows events in sequence this resulted in errors Transfer of host name to Job Messenger As a parameter the Job Messenger can now also receive a host name instead of an IP address Utilities Runtime error in case of missing output directory If the parameter transform_path has not been indicated in the section GLOBAL of the INI file the utility tried to write the log files into the directory C TEMP If this directory did not exist a runtime error occurred Now log files are stored in the directory which contains the loading program S 30483 Deactivating option of Jobs and FileTransfers when converting to 3 0 When converting a transport case from 2 6 to 3 0 the option Deactivate automatically when finished is set to Always This includes that all tasks react in the same way as in version 2 6 in which this option do
307. u can now set variables for all these parameters via script these will be kept even when the modified Forms are saved SAP Forms Defined Script Elements Numbered and Displayed in a User Friendly Format Defined script elements are now listed in numbered form in the left part of the SAP Forms tab according to their order in the script A short description of the function is now displayed instead of the name of the script element Example for R3_MODIFY_VARIANT Protect variant STANDARD Improved Order of Job Report Options In previous versions the Job Report options Generate on error only and Is generated by script to be found on the platform dependent tab of Job objects appeared to be linked to the File option This has been corrected to a more user friendly order as these settings affect the file as well as the database report 13 Chapter 3 Release Notes Version 10 Detail window Links in Variable Values You can now open links texts starting with http provided within the values of listed object variables When you click on the link it will open in the default browser This is the same procedure as for links that are provided in the Documentation tabs Agents R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT The print parameters TEXTONLY and FRAMES are now also available in the standard interface Script element R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT The print parameters TEXTONLY and FRAMES are now also available in the XBP Interface previously only in the UC4 Int
308. uctures user input via prompts Process Assembly perspective Editing and reading mode Workflows can now explicitly be opened in reading mode This means that no write access is required and that there is no need to lock the object for other users The new Edit button can be used for this purpose it is displayed right next to the Definition menu item ECC Main Pane menu bar Process Assembly perspective IF and FOREACH Workflow objects can be directly created and inserted You can use a context menu in the Workflow Editor to directly create and insert IF FOREACH and standard Workflows without expanding the object selection menu or the Navigator Pane Process Assembly perspective Automated generation of object names A suitable object name is now automatically generated when you create a new object within a workflow and insert ARA Component Workflows No suffix needs to be appended anymore If required the name can be adjusted manually Process Assembly perspective Indicators for Pre and Postconditions The Workflow Editor boxes now provide the information whether one or several conditions have been defined for the task properties Pre Postconditions It is no longer necessary to open the definition for this purpose The left edge of the task box appears in dark gray when at least one condition is stored in the Preconditions and when a condition is stored in the Postconditions the right edge appears in dark gray Process Asse
309. uence 8 8 by amp For this reason you must double the even number of amp characters that are used in a row in order to ensure that a correct value can be read Individual amp characters are not changed For example amp TEST amp TEST 88TESTES 8 TESTS Automation Engine 32 TEST amp amp amp TEST amp amp 88488 TESTA 88 TESTS A The script elements CINT and CSTR are no longer supported for the new data types of script variables Use the new function CONVERT instead There is still compatibility with the scripts of previous versions A For compatibility reasons the script elements SYS_ACT_JPNAME SYS_ACT_JPNR SYS_ ACT_JOBNAME and SYS_ACT_JOBNR are still supported They are no longer listed in the ScriptEditor s auto completion function and the UC4 Documentation because there are other script elements which provide the same functionality A UCA now supports the use of floating point numbers and negative numbers in scripts Therefore scripts that use numbers and arithmetic operations in version 9 00A can supply results that differ from the results of previous versions UC4 recommends adjusting your scripts accordingly The following table shows several assignments and the results that are output in the activation protocol set amp a 56 0000000000000056 0000000000000056 set amp a 21 21 0000000000000021 set amp a 25 2 25 0000000000000025 2000000000000000 set amp a 53 Error 000000000000
310. uestion before you start the installation process You will find a PDF list of supported platforms and versions in the Automic Download Center A Important note As of Version 10 components that run under Windows require the Microsoft Visual C Redistributable Package Version 2010 A As of Version 10 the agent for OracleApplications will no longer be supplied Note that the job templates will still be available A As of Version 10 file transfers will be processed asynchronously which improves performance This improvement has been achieved by changing the default values of the settings FT_ ASYNC_QUIT_ in the variable UC_HOSTCHAR_ In Version 9 the default values of these settings had the effect that file transfers were processed synchronously Note that they will still be processed synchronously after an update to Version 10 To change this behavior you need to specify the required settings in the variable UC_HOSTCHAR_ A The AE Webinterface is no longer supplied or supported as of Version 10 All the related documentation topics have been removed For handling the Automation Engine via a web browser you can now use Enterprise Control Center Automation Engine 6 A Oracle versions 9 10 and 11g1 are no longer supported For the Automation Engine and the utilities this means that the library ucuoci is only provided for Oracle version 11g2 The upside is that there is no need to rename this during the installation process A I
311. umber Thus four different data types are available The new script statement DEFINE can be used to declare a variable to a particular data type e The new data types can also be used for arithmetic operations The script element SET can be used to solve an arithmetic expression e The new script function CONVERT facilitates the conversion of data types Script arrays Variables can now be created asarrays In doing so a Variable can store several different values Three new script elements serve this purpose gt FILL FIND and LENGTH 37 Chapter 4 Modifications in Version 9 00 Storing and displaying the last Server messages of work processes The setting MQA_COUNT_BACK in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS can be used to determine the number of Server messages of work processes which should be buffered for further analyses They can then be called via the System Overview Automation Engine A log file change of work processes automatically changes the log files of all work processes New Functionality DEFINE Declares a script variable with a particular data type FILL Stores several values in a script array PUT_PROMPT_BUFFER Same function as PUT_READ_BUFFER PUT_VAR_COL Stores a value to a particular column of a static Variable object REGISTER_OUTPUTFILE Registers a file as an external Job output CONVERT Converts the data type of a value FIND Searches a script array and returns the corresponding
312. uration New command in the context menu Cancel recursive This command cancels a task including all sub ordinate tasks as well as tasks that are currently running This is available in JobPlans Schedules and Groups Binding ports to a particular IP address P The port numbers of Server processes can now be allotted to a particular IP address You can either add this IP address to the port in the INI FILE ucsrv ini or use the new parameter bindaddr Extended Functionality ACTIVATE_UC_OBJECT additional parameters With the new parameters start time and time zone objects can be processed on a particular date CANCEL_UC_OBJECT extension The new keyword ALL can now be assigned with the parameter Extension Tasks including running ones can so be canceled in JobPlans Schedules and Groups SYS_ACTIVE_COUNT additional parameters and extension The new parameter Host can be used to check whether tasks running on the indicated host are already active It is also possible to retrieve the number of active Jobs with the parameter Status ATTACH_SYNC extension Sync objects of system client 0000 can now also be specified SEND_MSG Extension This script statement can now be used in combination with ON_ERROR thereby reacting to a non existing user 7 3 3 DialogClient XML encoding can be specified P New parameters are available in the UC4 Variable UC_SYSTEM_SETTINGS which enable the specification of character encod
313. ut file FILE in XLS format table SAP Forms Long Names of Output Files Displayed The Forms tab for SAP jobs now shows the long name of the selected output device parameter DEST INATION and is available in R3_ACTIVATE_REPORT for example The long name is displayed to the right of the text field provided that the Forms are connected tothe SAP system This is an additional view in the Forms You can still use the output device s short name as a parameter value R3_ACTIVATE_JOBS New Parameter NO_DATE The parameter NO_DATE is now available in the SAP script elements R3_ACTIVATE _ JOBS and R3_ACTIVATE_INTERCEPTED_JOBS to date only available in R3_GET_ JOBS You can thus start jobs without specifying a start time R3_COPY_VARIANT New Parameter PROTECTED Use the new parameter PROTECTED in the script element R3_COPY_VARIANT to set or keep the protected flags of copied variants SAP BW New Variable for the Number of Automatic Restarts of Process Chains In SAP jobs with BW chains the agent now creates the script variable amp restart_count for each child process This script variable stores the number of automatic child process restarts that have been made You can also use the variable amp sap_bw_max_restart count which includes the maximum number of restarts This variable and its value appear in the Detail Window of the tasks Automation Engine 10 R3_MODIFY_VARIANT New Parameter MERGE The new optional par
314. ve been combined in the Explorer area The search field is no longer available in a separate area but instead it is now shown directly above the folder list in the Explorer When you start searching a result list now appears instead of the Explorer The Explorer appears again as soon as you remove the search term Relevant for users of the product Deployment Manager The Deployment area in the object selection menu has been renamed to Components and the Logic area which lists the predefined Actions References to Functions When the client of the user who has logged on is a deployment client the Explorer area points to the folder lt root gt UC4 GENERAL and the Functions area points to the path lt root gt RUNBOOKS Automation Engine 44 Process Monitoring perspective New commands are available in the activities list and in the Workflow Monitor e Ignore preconditions only Workflow Monitor e Ignore Sync object conditions e Ignore Queue limit e Set inactive only Workflow Monitor e Run Workflow task only Workflow Monitor e Suspend Suspend recursively e Go immediately Run recursively The following commands have been renamed e Edit to Show definition only Workflow Monitor e Open report to View full Report All perspectives Improved start and restart behavior The start and restart behavior of Service Catalog objects has been improved and now provides feedback to the user about the status and clearly str
315. w to keep your UC4 system well tuned Also we provide links to all database relevant pages in a separate document 6 2 6 Utilities Task evaluations The new utilityUC4 DB Reporting Tool now facilitates the creation of evaluations in your UC4 system Its focus lies on object definitions and the execution of tasks Numerous filter criteria can be set in order to determine contents and complexity of your evaluations For example you can list all jobs which ran in a particular period of time or were created by a particular user Evaluations always refer to one client 79 Chapter 6 Release Notes Version 6 00A Integration of log and trace files into one file The new utility UC4 LogMix supports the generation of one single file from several log and trace files The individual file entries are newly arranged in order to create a chronological order The utility UC4 DB Archive has been extended and can now be used to unload the UC4 Database reports into files 6 2 7 ServiceManager Cold starts and system stop using the ServiceManager Dialog P The extendedServiceManager Dialog can be used to define different start methods for the Server processes such as stopping a client after the booting process and cold starts Both methods can be defined in a start method either in combination or separately It is not necessary to edit the UC4 Server s INI file because the specifications of the ServiceManager overrule these definitions Open your ServiceMana
316. wer OT_Content like rset amp x or lower OT_Content like pset amp x In DB2 databases use this command select OH_Client OH_Name as ObjectName OV_VName as ObjectVariable from OH OV where OH_Idnr OV_OH_Idnr and OH_DeleteFlag 0 and OV_VName amp X or OV_VName amp XC or OV_VName amp XC_ or OV_VName like amp XC and OH_Name in Select JPP_Object from JPP select from OT where lower OT_Content like rset amp x or lower OT_Content like pset amp x Agent g The agent for GCOS8 has not been developed further and corresponds to the level of version 8 004 g The agent for J2EE JMX 9 00A only supports the version CE Composition Edition 7 1 of the SAP Netweaver Application Server Refer to the adjusted Installation Guide g The parameter WorkDirMatch in the UNIX agent s 9 00A INI file is no longer considered Automation Engine 28 g Strongly compressed files can no longer be transferred In FileTransfer objects compression can now be activated normal compression and deactivated Therefore the setting ft_ compress_strong is no longer available in the OS agent configuration files as of version 9 00A g The agent files for all UNIX platforms are supplied in lowercase letters Therefore you must adjust the file name of the job messenger the INI files of older versions VARIABLES UC_EX_JOB_MD ucxj m g In FileTransfers as of v9 the agent writes the report because it handles the
317. y be established if the connection has been lost DialogClient uses the most optimal connection to the AE system The connections to all available communication processes are checked when the DialogClient logs on tothe AE system The DialogClient uses the connection to the AE system which supplies the best performance values All other connections to communication processes are disconnected Connections are re checked if the connection has been lost No license check for logon to system client 0000 New objects User records user settings for AE logon his her assignment to user groups folder assignments and access rights Up to now a User Manager has administered users It has been replaced Users are now objects which are administered in the DialogClient Note During the migration from AE 2 6 to 3 0 User objects are created which assume the existing definitions User group merges users in order to assign them identical authorizations Up to now a User Manager has administered user groups It has been replaced User groups are now objects which are administered in the DialogClient Note During the migration from AE 2 6 to 3 0 UserGroup objects are created which assume on the existing definitions Login saves login data for hosts Jobs and FileTransfers use Login objects to log on to operating systems and applications There are no PasswordContainers anymore Note During the migrationfrom AE 2 6 to 3 0 the existing login data
318. ync information In the Detail Window of objects additional information to the Sync object in use is displayed In addition to name and current state date including the time of the last change and the action set Start Abend and End are displayed New functions for the editing of JobPlans When positioning objects in a JobPlan they are arranged on an invisible screen Now it is possible to add or remove lines and columns to or from this screen The appropriate commands can be called through the popup menu in the JobPlan graphics Call of the last monitor of a JobPlan in Schedule Monitor Inthe Schedule Monitor the monitors of individual JobPlans are also available if they exist If no monitor is found for a particular JobPlan as it is in a waiting condition for the starting point or is inactive the last monitor can be opened after a request Display of System Status The system status is now displayed with a traffic light symbol This can easily be found next to the UC4 logo in the right upper corner of the DialogClient Performance Improvement P With the new entry lt componentpool gt in the uc4config xml you can specify whether components of the DialogClient e g tabs of objects should be held in the Cache Performance can be increased with this Utilities 133 Chapter 8 Release Notes Version 3 02 Increased security with deletion of clients To avoid the unauthorized deletion of a client it is now necessary to log in to th
319. ypes which are ordered by importance and is completed with all other object types New column End time in Activity Window In addition to the start time the Activity Window now also shows the time of task ending Additional Userlnterface improvements e A newly created object now automatically opens as soon as it has been assigned a name e The attempt to open an object which is already open automatically brings this object to the fore e Newly created but still not calculated Calendar keywords are displayed in red italics New column Last logoff in System Overview The area Agent in the System Overview shows the date and time whenthe agent logged off the UC4 system the last time 5 3 4 Agent Setting for storing the agent s log files in the UC4 Database P The new setting LOG_TO_DATABASE inthe UC4 Variable UC_HOSTCHAR_ DEFAULT can be used to determine whether the agent sends the messages it writes to the log file also to the UC4 Server The default value Y has the effect that the log messages are stored in the Agent object s report Using value N means that log file logging is sufficient Doing so improves the performance of your UC4 system Extended selection dialogs in the Form tab The Form tab provides dialogs which can be used to search and select output devices using wildcard characters XBP interface for R3_DELETE_VARIANT The functions R3_COPY_VARIANTand R3_DELETE_VARIANT are also available for SAP s standard inter
320. ystem This currently includes user connections or connections of all user group users to the AE system 163 Chapter 9 Release Notes Version 3 01 REMOVE_ATT removes attributes of an object at runtime Users or UserGroups can be removed from the list of controlling operators of a CallOperator IS_GROUP_MEMBER checks a user s membership status within a user group Version 3 01C Compression of MQ tables in AE database Data can now be stored in compressed form in the MQWP MQPWP MQCP and MQMEM tables in order to increase performance This serves to reduce the partially huge amounts of data that is transferred via the net and the I O s in the database Compression should be activated in the Automation Engine s INI file Set the 7th digit of the eight digit command field for controlling database accesses ODBCVAR to R Changes only become effective after an AE Server restart cold start Automation Engine with SNMP support Automation Engines for UNIX AIX HP UX Linux Solaris and z Linux and Windows now fully support SNMP They provide system values in the MIB Management Information Base for monitoring by means of a management system SNMP traps can additionally be generated for Events occurring in AE systems See AE and SNMP New script elements CREATE OBJECT creates an object Calendar and Variable only MODIFY_OBJECT changes an existing object only Calendar and Variable MOVE_OBJECT moves an object to a folder REMOVE_OB

Release Notes

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents